Hello community,
here is the log from the commit of package yast2-trans for openSUSE:13.1 checked in at 2013-09-27 19:43:48
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
Comparing /work/SRC/openSUSE:13.1/yast2-trans (Old)
and /work/SRC/openSUSE:13.1/.yast2-trans.new (New)
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
Package is "yast2-trans"
Changes:
--------
--- /work/SRC/openSUSE:13.1/yast2-trans/yast2-trans.changes 2013-09-23 11:27:03.000000000 +0200
+++ /work/SRC/openSUSE:13.1/.yast2-trans.new/yast2-trans.changes 2013-09-27 19:44:01.000000000 +0200
@@ -1,0 +2,5 @@
+Thu Sep 26 17:29:18 CEST 2013 - ke@suse.de
+
+- Updated languages: cs de el es fi fr he nb pl ru tg pt_BR zh_CN.
+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
Other differences:
------------------
++++++ yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0.tar.bz2 ++++++
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/autoinst.cs.po new/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/autoinst.cs.po
--- old/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/autoinst.cs.po 2013-09-10 11:49:08.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/autoinst.cs.po 2013-09-26 16:58:46.000000000 +0200
@@ -19,9 +19,9 @@
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-16 13:32+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: Jan Papez \n"
-"Language-Team: Czech \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-23 17:29+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Jan Papez (honyczek) \n"
+"Language-Team: Czech \n"
"Language: cs\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -559,10 +559,8 @@
#. configure general settings
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:147
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Signing the Add-On Product"
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
-msgstr "Podepsat rozšiřující produkt"
+msgstr "Pracuje se s rozšiřujícími produkty..."
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/base.cs.po new/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/base.cs.po
--- old/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/base.cs.po 2013-09-10 11:50:31.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/base.cs.po 2013-09-26 17:00:08.000000000 +0200
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:31+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 18:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-23 17:08+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jan Papez (honyczek) \n"
"Language-Team: Czech \n"
"Language: cs\n"
@@ -956,10 +956,8 @@
# RE
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:264
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Rundi"
msgid "Run"
-msgstr "Rundština"
+msgstr "Spustit"
#. show popup when running as non-root
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:275
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/dns-server.cs.po new/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/dns-server.cs.po
--- old/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/dns-server.cs.po 2013-09-10 11:49:35.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/dns-server.cs.po 2013-09-26 16:59:12.000000000 +0200
@@ -20,21 +20,21 @@
# Vojtěch Zeisek , 2008.
# Jaromír Červenka cervajz@cervajz.com, 2009.
# Vít Pelčák , 2011.
-# Jan Papež , 2012.
+# Jan Papež , 2012, 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dns-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-12 21:03+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: Jan Papez \n"
-"Language-Team: Czech \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-23 17:40+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Jan Papez (honyczek) \n"
+"Language-Team: Czech \n"
"Language: cs\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter
#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter
@@ -1467,7 +1467,7 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1352
msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "SPF: Rámec politiky odesílatele"
#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1369
@@ -1505,15 +1505,11 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Invalid TXT record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n"
-#| "and must be at least one character long."
msgid ""
"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n"
"and must be at least one character long."
msgstr ""
-"Neplatný klíč TXT záznamu. Měl by být sestaven z tisknutelných US-ASCII znaků vyjma '='\n"
+"Neplatný klíč %{type} záznamu. Měl by být sestaven z tisknutelných US-ASCII znaků vyjma '='\n"
"a musí být o délce minimálně jednoho znaku."
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
@@ -1521,16 +1517,12 @@
#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length
#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record.
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1929
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Maximal length of a TXT record is %1 characters.\n"
-#| "This message is %2 characters long."
msgid ""
"Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n"
"This message is %{current} characters long."
msgstr ""
-"Nejvyšší možná délka TXT záznamu je %1 znaků.\n"
-"Zadaný záznam, ale obsahuje %2 znaků."
+"Nejvyšší možná délka %{type} záznamu je %{max} znaků.\n"
+"Zadaný záznam, ale obsahuje %{current} znaků."
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1960
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/ncurses-pkg.cs.po new/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/ncurses-pkg.cs.po
--- old/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/ncurses-pkg.cs.po 2013-09-10 11:49:38.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/ncurses-pkg.cs.po 2013-09-26 16:59:13.000000000 +0200
@@ -14,21 +14,21 @@
# Radomír Černoch , 2009.
# Vít Pelčák , 2009, 2011.
# Vojtěch Zeisek , 2010.
-# Jan Papež , 2011, 2012.
+# Jan Papež , 2011, 2012, 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ncurses-pkg.cs\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 11:09+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-04 20:42+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: Jan Papez \n"
-"Language-Team: Czech \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-23 20:56+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Jan Papez (honyczek) \n"
+"Language-Team: Czech \n"
"Language: cs\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. headline of package versions popup
#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:980
@@ -37,10 +37,8 @@
#. text above of list of all package versions
#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:982
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "List all available languages."
msgid "List of all available package versions:"
-msgstr "Seznam dostupných jazyků."
+msgstr "Seznam všech dostupných verzí balíčků:"
#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1095
msgid "&Packages with Status"
@@ -122,32 +120,28 @@
msgstr "Navrhované"
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:80
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Orphaned Packages"
msgid "Orphaned"
-msgstr "Osiřelé balíčky"
+msgstr "Osiřelé"
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:83
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Unneeded Patches"
msgid "Unneeded"
-msgstr "Nepotřebné opravy"
+msgstr "Nepotřebné"
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203
msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option <b>Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages</b> from <b>Dependencies</b> menu has to be set."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Toto je seznam užitečných balíčků. Mohou být nainstalovány dodatečně, pokud jsou doporučeny k nově instalovaným balíčkům. Abyste získali doporučené balíčky k již nainstalovaným, musí být nastavena v nabídce <b>Závislosti</b> volba <b>Instalovat doporučené balíčky k již nainstalovaným</b>."
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207
msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Instalace těchto balíčků je navržena proto, že sedí k balíčkům, které jsou již nainstalovány. Rozhodnutí, zda se nainstalují, je na uživateli."
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211
msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Řešitel odhalil, že tyto balíčky nemají repozitář, což znamená, že není možné je aktualizovat."
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215
msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tyto balíčky mohou být zbytečné, protože dřívější závislosti již neplatí."
#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65
msgid "Delete"
@@ -210,10 +204,8 @@
msgstr "Souhrn instalace"
#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:87
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Package &Relations"
msgid "Package Classification"
-msgstr "V&ztahy balíčků"
+msgstr "Kategorie balíčku"
#: src/NCPkgFilterPattern.cc:183
#, c-format
@@ -347,10 +339,8 @@
# fuzzy
#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:106
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Lock [*]"
msgid "&Lock or Taboo [!]"
-msgstr "&Zamknout [*]"
+msgstr "&Zamknout nebo zakázat [!]"
#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:81
msgid "Launch &Repository Manager"
@@ -393,22 +383,16 @@
msgstr "&Ověřit systém nyní"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
-msgstr "&Ignorovat doporučené balíčky pro již nainstalované"
+msgstr "&Instalovat doporučené balíčky k již nainstalovaným"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages"
msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)"
-msgstr "&Úklid při mazání balíčků"
+msgstr "Ú&klid při mazání balíčků (dočasná změna)"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:106
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Allow vendor change"
msgid "&Allow Vendor Change (Temporary Change)"
-msgstr "&Povolit změny poskytovatele"
+msgstr "Povolit změny poskytov&atele (dočasná změna)"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:110
msgid "&Generate Dependency Solver Testcase"
@@ -425,14 +409,12 @@
#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:249
msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pro uspokojení závislostí již nainstalovaných balíčku byly následující"
#. part 2 of the text
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:251
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:"
-msgstr "Nebyly vybrány žádné balíky k instalaci."
+msgstr "balíčky automaticky vybrány k instalaci:"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:265
msgid "System dependencies verify OK."
@@ -475,10 +457,8 @@
#. _( "Re&levant Patches" )
#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:74
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Installed Patches"
msgid "&Installed Patches"
-msgstr "Nainstalované opravy"
+msgstr "Nai&nstalované opravy"
#. _( "&Satisfied Patches" ) );
#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:76
@@ -516,7 +496,7 @@
#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:80
msgid "&Useful Functions in Menu"
-msgstr "&Užitečné funkce v menu"
+msgstr "&Užitečné funkce v nabídce"
#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:84
msgid "&Patch Status and Patch Installation"
@@ -640,10 +620,8 @@
msgstr "Poskytuje"
#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:72
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Required by:"
msgid "Required by"
-msgstr "Vyžadováno:"
+msgstr "Vyžadováno kým"
#. menu entry 2 - display different kinds of info on pkgs
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:64
@@ -682,93 +660,33 @@
#. part1 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<h3>Welcome to the package selector</h3><p>This tool will help you to manage\n"
-#| "the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single\n"
-#| "packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or\n"
-#| "languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when\n"
-#| "installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters, package table<b> and <b>menu</b>.</p>"
msgid "<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> and <b>menu</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<h3>Vítejte ve výběru balíčků</h3><p>Tento nástroj vám pomůže spravovat\n"
-"software nainstalovaný na vašem počítači. Můžete instalovat, aktualizovat,\n"
-"mazat nejen balíčky, ale celé profily balíčků (skupiny balíčků) nebo jazykové\n"
-"podpory. Obvykle není třeba se starat o závislosti balíčků - správce za vás\n"
-"vše vyřeší. Výběr balíčků se skládá ze tří hlavních částí:\n"
-"<b>filtrů, tabulky balíčků<b> a <b>nabídky</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Vítejte ve výběru balíčků</b></p><p>Tento nástroj vám pomůže spravovat software nainstalovaný na vašem počítači. Můžete instalovat, aktualizovat nebo mazat nejen balíčky, ale i celé profily balíčků (skupiny balíčků za konkrétním účelem) nebo jazykové podpory. Obvykle není třeba se při instalaci nebo odebírání čehokoliv starat o závislosti balíčků - správce za vás vše vyřeší. Výběr balíčků se skládá ze tří hlavních částí: <b>filtrů</b>, <b>tabulky balíčků</b> a <b>nabídky</b>.</p>"
#. part of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Filters</b> (left panel) are designed for easy orientation in a large\n"
-#| "amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain\n"
-#| "repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development)\n"
-#| "or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>"
msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Filtry</b> (levý panel) jsou navrženy tak, aby vám co nejvíc usnadnili\n"
-"orientaci ve velkém množství balíčků. Použijte filtry k zobrazení balíčků\n"
-"z konkrétního repozitáře, z vybraného vzoru (např. Hry nebo Vývoj v C/C++)\n"
-"nebo pro hledání přesných klíčových slov. Více informací o filtrech najdete\n"
-"v sekci <i>Jak používat filtry</i>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Filtr</b> (levý panel) je navržen tak, aby vám co nejvíc usnadnilorientaci ve velkém množství balíčků. Použijte filtry k zobrazení balíčkůz konkrétního repozitáře, z vybraného vzoru (např. Hry nebo Vývoj v C/C++)nebo pro hledání přesných klíčových slov. Více informací o filtrech najdetev sekci <i>Jak používat filtry</i>.</p>"
#. additional help text for post installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You\n"
-#| "will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the\n"
-#| "selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:</p>"
msgid "<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Tabulka balíčků</b> je hlavní částí výběru. Zobrazují se v ní balíčky\n"
-"vyhovující nastavení filtru (např. vybraná skupina balíčků nebo výsledek\n"
-"hledání). Každá řádka tabulky má několik sloupců:</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Tabulka balíčků</b> je hlavní částí výběru. Zobrazují se v ní balíčkyvyhovující nastavení filtru (např. vybraná skupina balíčků nebo výsledekhledání). Každá řádka tabulky má několik sloupců:</p>"
#. part2 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and\n"
-#| "Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available\n"
-#| "version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed\n"
-#| "version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>"
msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>"
-msgstr ""
-"<ol>\n"
-"<li>Stav balíčku (pro více informací se podívejte do <i>Stav balíčku a symboly</i>)</li>\n"
-"<li>Jméno balíčku</li>\n"
-"<li>Souhrn balíčku</li>\n"
-"<li>Dostupná verze (v některém z nastavených repozitářů)</li>\n"
-"<li>Nainstalovaná verze (prázdné pro dosud nenainstalované balíčky)</li>\n"
-"<li>Velikost balíčku</li>\n"
-"</ol>"
+msgstr "<ol><li>Stav balíčku (pro více informací se podívejte do <i>Stav balíčku a symboly</i>)</li><li>Jméno balíčku</li><li>Souhrn balíčku</li><li>Dostupná verze (v některém z nastavených repozitářů)</li><li>Nainstalovaná verze (prázdné pro dosud nenainstalované balíčky)</li><li>Velikost balíčku</li></ol>"
#. part3 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151
msgid "<p>The <b>Actions</b> menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Menu <b>Akce:</b> pod tabulkou umožňuje změnit stav vybraného balíčku,\n"
-"(nebo všech balíčků v seznamu) např. smazání nebo vybrání jiného\n"
-"balíčku k instalaci. Změnu stavu lze taktéž provést přímo pomocí\n"
-"klávesy uvedené v položce menu (detailní informace viz\n"
-"<i>Stav balíčků a symboly</i>).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Nabídka <b>Akce</b> pod tabulkou umožňuje změnit stav vybraného balíčku, (nebo všech balíčků v seznamu) např. smazání nebo vybrání jiného balíčku k instalaci. Změnu stavu lze taktéž provést přímo pomocí klávesy uvedené v položce menu (detailní informace viz <i>Stav balíčků a symboly</i>).</p>"
#. part4 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package\n"
-#| "dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like\n"
-#| "opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful Functions in Menu</i>.</p>"
msgid "<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful Functions in Menu</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Menu</b> poskytuje funkce vztahující se práci se závislostmi balíčků.\n"
-"Zobrazí směrodatné informace o balíčcích nebo provede užitečné akce,\n"
-"jako otevírání editoru repozitářů. Pro více informací se podívejte na\n"
-"<i>Užitečné funkce v Menu</i>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Nabídka</b> poskytuje funkce vztahující se práci se závislostmi balíčků.Zobrazí směrodatné informace o balíčcích nebo provede užitečné akce,jako otevírání editoru repozitářů. Pro více informací se podívejte na<i>Užitečné funkce v nabídce</i>.</p>"
#. the headline of the help window
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165
@@ -777,30 +695,13 @@
#. part 1 of help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the keys\n"
-#| "specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional\n"
-#| "package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be\n"
-#| "installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>"
msgid "<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Stav balíčku lze změnit pomocí menu <i>Akce</i> nebo kláves udaných\n"
-"u položek menu. Například '+' znamená instalovat další balíček. Stav \"tabu\"\n"
-"znamená, že balíček by neměl být instalován. Naopak \"uzamčený\" balíček znamená,\n"
-"že instalovaná verze by měla být vždy zachována.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Stav balíčku lze změnit pomocí nabídky <i>Akce</i> nebo kláves udanýchu položek nabídce. Například '+' znamená instalovat další balíček. Stav\"tabu\" znamená, že balíček by neměl být instalován. Naopak \"uzamčený\" balíčekznamená, že instalovaná verze by měla být vždy zachována.</p>"
#. part 2 of help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package\n"
-#| "status. The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>"
msgid "<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status. The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Pro změnu stavu balíčku můžete také použít <b>Enter</b> nebo\n"
-"<b>Mezerník</b>. Menu <i>Akce</i> také dává možnost změnit stav\n"
-"všech balíčků v seznamu (vyberte 'Všechny balíčky na seznamu').</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Pro změnu stavu balíčku můžete také použít <b>Enter</b> nebo<b>Mezerník</b>. Nabídka <i>Akce</i> také dává možnost změnit stavvšech balíčků v seznamu (vyberte 'Všechny balíčky na seznamu').</p>"
#. part 3 of help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185
@@ -824,154 +725,61 @@
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Filters</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to\n"
-#| "the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages) or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>"
msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Filtry</b> umožňují filtrovat všechny dostupné balíčky podle vybraných\n"
-"kritérií. Filtry balíčků jsou založeny na vlastnostech balíčků (repozitář,\n"
-"skupina RPM), balíčkových \"kontejnerech\" (vzory, jazyky) nebo na výsledcích hledání.\n"
-"Vyžadované filtry vyberte z rozbalovacího menu. Typické filtry jsou popsány níže.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Filtr</b> umožňuje filtrovat všechny dostupné balíčky podle vybranýchkritérií. Filtr balíčků je založen na vlastnostech balíčků (repozitář,skupina RPM), balíčkových \"kontejnerech\" (vzory, jazyky) nebo na výsledcíchhledání. Vyžadovaný filtr vyberte z rozbalovacího menu. Typické filtry jsou popsányníže.</p>"
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have\n"
-#| "(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of\n"
-#| "packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may\n"
-#| "have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</p>"
msgid "<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Vzory</b> popisují funkce, které by systém měl mít (např. X server\n"
-"nebo konzolové nástroje). Každý vzor obsahuje sadu balíčků, které vyžaduje\n"
-"(musí je mít), doporučuje (měl by mít) a navrhuje (může mít). Pokud vyberete\n"
-"pro instalaci, aktualizaci nebo smazání vzoru, bude spuštěn řešitel\n"
-"a odpovídajícím způsobem změní stav příslušných balíčků.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Vzory</b> popisují funkce, které by systém měl mít (např. X server nebo konzolové nástroje). Každý vzor obsahuje sadu balíčků, které vyžaduje (musí je mít), doporučuje (měl by mít) a navrhuje (může mít). Pokud vyberete pro instalaci, aktualizaci nebo smazání vzoru, bude spuštěn řešitel a odpovídajícím způsobem změní stav příslušných balíčků.</p>"
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They\n"
-#| "contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific\n"
-#| "files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers\n"
-#| "that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a\n"
-#| "property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The\n"
-#| "<b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific repository. </p>"
msgid "<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The <b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific repository. </p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Jazyky</b> jsou kontejnery velice podobné vzorům.\n"
-"Obsahují balíčky s překlady, slovníky a dalšími jazykově-specifickými\n"
-"soubory pro vybraný jazyk.\n"
-"<b>RPM skupiny</b> nejsou kontejnery balíčků, které by mohly být nainstalovány.\n"
-"Spíše je to tak, že členství v určité RPM skupině je vlastnost samotného balíčku.\n"
-"RPM skupiny mají hierarchickou (stromovou) strukturu.\n"
-"Filtr <b>Repozitáře</b> umožňuje zobrazit balíčky pocházející\n"
-"pouze ze konkrétního repozitáře.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Jazyky</b> jsou kontejnery velice podobné vzorům. Obsahují balíčky s překlady, slovníky a dalšími jazykově-specifickými soubory pro vybraný jazyk. <b>RPM skupiny</b> nejsou kontejnery balíčků, které by mohly být nainstalovány. Spíše je to tak, že členství v určité RPM skupině je vlastnost samotného balíčku. RPM skupiny mají hierarchickou (stromovou) strukturu. Filtr <b>Repozitáře</b> umožňuje zobrazit balíčky pocházející pouze z konkrétního repozitáře.</p>"
#. help text package search
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for\n"
-#| "the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the\n"
-#| "expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or\n"
-#| "requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button.</p>"
msgid "<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>K použití filtru \"Hledat\" zadejte klíčové slovo pro hledání balíčků.\n"
-"Např. pro všechny 3D balíčky stačí výraz \"3d\". Vyhledávat můžete i v popisu\n"
-"balíčku, v tom, co balíček poskytuje nebo vyžaduje. Zaškrtněte příslušné pole\n"
-"spustíte hledání stiskem 'Hledat'.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>K použití filtru \"Hledat\" zadejte klíčové slovo pro hledání balíčků. Např. pro všechny 3D balíčky stačí výraz \"3d\". Vyhledávat můžete i v popisu balíčku, v tom, co balíček poskytuje nebo vyžaduje. Zaškrtněte příslušné pole spustíte hledání stiskem 'Hledat'.</p>"
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose\n"
-#| "status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or\n"
-#| "removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver.</p>"
msgid "<p>The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter <b>Package Classification</b> provides information about <i>Recommended</i>, <i>Suggested</i>, <i>Orphaned</i> and <i>Unneeded</i> packages.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Souhrn instalace</b> ukazuje přehled balíčků, jejichž stav\n"
-"byl během tohoto sezení změněn (např. byly označeny k nainstalování\n"
-"nebo smazání), ať už uživatelem nebo automaticky řešitelem.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Souhrn instalace</b> ukazuje přehled balíčků, jejichž stav byl během tohoto sezení změněn (např. byly označeny k nainstalování nebo smazání), ať už uživatelem nebo automaticky řešitelem. Filtr <b>Kategorie balíčku</b> informuje o <i>Doporučených</i>, <i>Navržených</i>, <i>Osiřelých</i> a <i>Nepotřebných</i> balíčcích.</p>"
#. label for an error popup
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248
msgid "Useful Functions in Menu"
-msgstr "Užitečné funkce v menu"
+msgstr "Užitečné funkce v nabídce"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Dependencies:</b> This menu offers various actions related to the\n"
-#| "handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change (<i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> is on). You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'.</p>"
msgid "<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Závislosti:</b> Toto menu nabízí řadu akcí souvisejícími s ovládáním\n"
-"závislostí balíčku. Implicitně jsou závislosti kontrolovány s každou změnou\n"
-"stavu (<i>Automatická kontrola závislostí</i> je zapnuta). O případných konfliktech\n"
-"mezi balíčky budete informovýni v dialogu, který nabídne možná řešení. Konflikt\n"
-"vyřešíte výběrem jedné z nabízených možností a kliknutím na 'OK -- zkusit znovu'.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Závislosti:</b> Tato nabídka obsahuje řadu akcí souvisejícími s ovládánímzávislostí balíčku. Implicitně jsou závislosti kontrolovány s každou změnoustavu. O případných konfliktech mezi balíčky budete informováni v dialogu, který nabídne možná řešení. Konflikt vyřešíte výběrem jedné z nabízených možností a kliknutím na 'OK -- zkusit znovu'.</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle <i>Automatic\n"
-#| "Dependency Check</i> off. You can check dependencies manually by selecting\n"
-#| "<i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry will check\n"
-#| "package dependencies and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing\n"
-#| "packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use\n"
-#| "<i>Generate Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies\n"
-#| "data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is\n"
-#| "usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>"
msgid "<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle <i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Abyste vypnuli automatickou kontrolu závislostí po každé změně stavu,\n"
-"zrušte zatržení volby <i>Automatická kontrola závislostí</i>. V takovém\n"
-"případě můžete závislosti zkontrolovat ručně vybráním položky\n"
-"<i>Zkontrolovat závislosti nyní</i>. Položka <i>Ověřit systém</i>\n"
-"zkontroluje závislosti balíčků a neinteraktivně vyřeší konflikty s tím,\n"
-"že chybějící balíčky označí k automatické instalaci. Pro účely ladění\n"
-"můžete použít akci <i>Vytvořit test řešení závislostí</i>. Ten vypíše\n"
-"závislosti balíčků do adresáře <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>.To je obvykle to, co je potřeba, když jste požádán o \"solver testcase\" v bugzille.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Abyste vypnuli automatickou kontrolu závislostí po každé změně stavu, zrušte zatržení volby <i>Automatická kontrola závislostí</i>. V takovém případě můžete závislosti zkontrolovat ručně vybráním položky <i>Zkontrolovat závislosti nyní</i>. Položka <i>Ověřit systém</i> zkontroluje závislosti již nainstalovaných balíčků a neinteraktivně vyřeší konflikty s tím, že chybějící balíčky označí k automatické instalaci. Pro účely ladění můžete použít akci <i>Vytvořit test řešení závislostí</i>. Ten vypíše závislosti balíčků do adresáře <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. To je obvykle to, co je potřeba, když jste požádán o \"solver testcase\" v Bugzille.</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are: <i>System Verification Mode</i> (monitor and repair dependencies of already installed packages and solve immediately), <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i> (remove dependent unused packages) and <i>Allow vendor change</i> (package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package). Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is on (if desired uncheck the option).</p>"
msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages</i>: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These option are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Dostupné volby pro kontrolu závislostí jsou: <i>Mód ověřování systému</i> (sleduje a opravuje závislosti již nainstalovaných balíčků a řeší je okamžitě), <i>Úklid při mazání balíčků</i> (odstraní závisející nepoužívané balíčky) a <i>Povolení změn poskytovatele</i> (poskytovatelé balíčků se mohou lišit od poskytovatelů nainstalovaných balíčků). Poznámka: po kontrole systém volbou <i>Zkontrolovat systém nyní</i>, <i>Mód ověřování systému</i> se zapne (pak to lze změnit).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Dostupné volby pro kontrolu závislostí jsou:<br><i>Automatická kontrola závislostí</i> (viz výše), <i>Instalovat doporučené balíčky k již nainstalovaným</i>: pokud je ZAPNUTO, budou nainstalovány doporučené balíčky k již nainstalovaným balíčkům, <i>Mód ověřování systému</i> (opravuje závislosti balíčků a řeší je okamžitě). Poznámka: po kontrole systém volbou <i>Zkontrolovat systém nyní</i> se zapne volba <i>Mód ověřování systému</i> (pak to lze změnit). Tato volba je uložena v konfiguračním souboru YaSTu <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272
msgid "<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Pokročilé volby:<br> <i>Ú&klid při mazání balíčků</i>: smazat závisející nepoužívané balíčky. <i>Povolit změny poskytovatele</i>: poskytovatel balíčku se může lišit od poskytovatele toho nainstalovaného. Tyto volby nebudou uloženy, mohou být nastaveny pouze v konfiguračním souboru knihovny balíčků <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:278
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p><b>View:</b> Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>"
msgid "<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Zobrazit:</b> Zvolte, které informace o vybraných balíčcích\n"
-"budou zobrazeny v okně pod tabulkou balíčků. Dostupné možnosti jsou:\n"
-"popis balíčku, technická data (verze, velikost, licence...), verze\n"
-"balíčku (všechny dostupné), seznam souborů (všechny soubory zahrnuté\n"
-"v balíčku) a závislosti (poskytující, vyžadované, ...).</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Zobrazit:</b><br>Zvolte, které informace o vybraných balíčcích budou zobrazeny v okně pod tabulkou balíčků. Dostupné možnosti jsou: popis balíčku, technická data (verze, velikost, licence...), verze balíčku (všechny dostupné), seznam souborů (všechny soubory zahrnuté v balíčku) a závislosti (poskytující, vyžadované, ...).</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:284
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b> this menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>"
msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Nastavení:</b> toto menu integruje výběr balíčků se zbytkem utilit pro správu balíčků. Odtud můžete <b>Spustit správce repozitářů</b> a upravovat nastavené repozitáře nebo se registrovat na aktualizační repozitáře a nastavit pravidelné stahování dostupných aktualizací (<b>Spustit nastavení on-line aktualizace</b>). Také můžete v menu <b>Akce po instalaci balíčku</b> vybrat jedno ze tří možných chování výběru balíčků během ukončení.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Konfigurace:</b><br>Tato nabídka integruje výběr balíčků se zbytkem nástrojů pro správu balíčků. Odtud můžete <b>Spustit správce repozitářů</b> a upravovat nastavené repozitáře nebo se registrovat na aktualizační repozitáře a nastavit pravidelné stahování dostupných aktualizací (<b>Spustit nastavení on-line aktualizace</b>). Také můžete v menu <b>Akce po instalaci balíčku</b> vybrat jedno ze tří možných chování výběru balíčků během ukončení.</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:289
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b> miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>"
msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Navíc:</b> zde jsou nejrůznější funkce. <i>Export seznamu balíčků do souboru</i> vypíše data o instalovaných balíčcích, vzorech a jazycích do XML souboru. Tento soubor může být čten volbou <i>Importem seznamu balíčků ze souboru</i>, t.j. na jiném počítači. Přinese sadu balíčků na cílový počítač do stejného stavu jako je popsáno v dodaném XML souboru. <i>Ukázat dostupné místo na disku</i> ukáže vyskakující tabulku zobrazující využití disku a volné místo na disku na připojených oddílech.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Navíc:</b><br>Zde jsou nejrůznější funkce. <i>Export seznamu balíčků do souboru</i> vypíše data o instalovaných balíčcích, vzorech a jazycích do XML souboru. Tento soubor může být čten volbou <i>Importem seznamu balíčků ze souboru</i>, t.j. na jiném počítači. Přinese sadu balíčků na cílový počítač do stejného stavu jako je popsáno v dodaném XML souboru. <i>Ukázat dostupné místo na disku</i> ukáže vyskakující tabulku zobrazující využití disku a volné místo na disku na připojených oddílech.</p>"
#. label of a frame with search settings
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:297
@@ -1170,18 +978,12 @@
#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text.
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:611
msgid "<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in the feature.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Obecné informace o opravách:</p><p>Opravy typu <b>security</b> (bezpečnostní) řeší bezpečnostní chyby a ty vám důrazně doporučujeme k instalaci. Také byste měli nainstalovat <b>recommended</b> - doporučené - opravy, které obvykle obsahují důležité opravy chyb. Opravy typu <b>feature</b> (funkce) instalujte pouze pokud máte zájem o danou funkci.</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will\n"
-#| "always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>"
msgid "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Opravy pro \"libzypp\" (správu balíčků, oprav, profilů a produktů)\n"
-"se vždy nainstalují první. Další opravy se nainstalují až při dalším spuštění.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Opravy pro \"libzypp\" (správu balíčků, oprav, profilů a produktů) se vždy nainstalují první. Další opravy se nainstalují až při dalším spuštění.</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625
@@ -1191,12 +993,12 @@
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632
msgid "<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If you want to deselect one of the patches with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same packages is still selected and the newer packages will be installed and withit this patch is satified.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Více podrobností o stavu:<br>Pokud je několik oprav pro balíček (nebo sadu balíčků), které nejsou uplatněny v systému, všechny jsou předvybrány a mají stav <b>a+</b>. Pokud chcete některou z oprav odebrat z výběru, můžete tak učinit pomocí '-', což by mělo poté zobrazit stav <b>i</b>. To proto, že se nějaká další oprava stále týká stejného balíčku, a ta je vybrána, nebo že bude nainstalován novější balíček, který již tuto opravu obsahuje.</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639
msgid "<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibilty to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menus contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Nabídky:</p><p>Nabídka <b>Filtr</b> umožňuje filtrovat opravy, např. zobrazit 'Nainstalované' nebo seznam 'Bezpečnostních' oprav. Také nabízí vyhledávání oprav.<br>Použijte nabídku <b>Akce</b> pro změnu stavu opravy.<br>Nabídka <b>Zobrazit</b> nabízí možnost zobrazit kterých balíčků tato oprava týká. Pozor: Pokud zvolíte filtr 'Všechny opravy', může být pro některé opravy seznam balíčků prázdný. To znamená, že se netýká žádných balíčků, jelikož žádný z nich není v systému nainstalován.<br>Nabídka <b>Závislosti</b> obsahuje kontrolu závislostí a položku 'Vytvořit test řešení závislostí'.</p>"
#. label for a warning popup
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:648
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/network.cs.po new/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/network.cs.po
--- old/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/network.cs.po 2013-09-10 11:49:12.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/network.cs.po 2013-09-26 16:58:49.000000000 +0200
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: network.cs\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 19:47+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-23 17:08+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jan Papez (honyczek) \n"
"Language-Team: Czech \n"
"Language: cs\n"
@@ -3154,18 +3154,13 @@
msgstr "Je vyžadován applet"
#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:357
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n"
-#| "(knetworkmanager for KDE and nm-applet for GNOME).\n"
-#| "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually."
msgid ""
"NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n"
"(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n"
"Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually."
msgstr ""
"NetworkManager je řízen appletem pracovní plochy\n"
-"(knetworkmanager pro KDE a nm-applet pro GNOME).\n"
+"(Widget KDE plasmy a nm-applet pro GNOME).\n"
"Ujistěte se, že běží, případně jej spusťte ručně."
#. Continue-Cancel popup
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/packager.cs.po new/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/packager.cs.po
--- old/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/packager.cs.po 2013-09-10 11:49:25.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/packager.cs.po 2013-09-26 16:59:01.000000000 +0200
@@ -20,9 +20,9 @@
"Project-Id-Version: packager\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-16 12:09+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: Jan Papez \n"
-"Language-Team: Czech \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-23 17:35+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Jan Papez (honyczek) \n"
+"Language-Team: Czech \n"
"Language: cs\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -1717,17 +1717,13 @@
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
-msgstr "Vložte CD s rozšířením"
+msgstr "Vložte médium s rozšířením %1"
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Insert the first installation medium."
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
-msgstr "Vložte první instalační médium."
+msgstr "Vložte médium %1 %2."
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/qt-pkg.cs.po new/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/qt-pkg.cs.po
--- old/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/qt-pkg.cs.po 2013-09-10 11:49:17.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/qt-pkg.cs.po 2013-09-26 16:58:54.000000000 +0200
@@ -17,21 +17,21 @@
# Vojtěch Zeisek , 2008.
# Vít Pelčák , 2009, 2011.
# Vojtěch Zeisek , 2010.
-# Jan Papež , 2011, 2012.
+# Jan Papež , 2011, 2012, 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: qt-pkg\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 11:09+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-24 09:31+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: Jan Papez \n"
-"Language-Team: Czech \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-23 17:33+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Jan Papez (honyczek) \n"
+"Language-Team: Czech \n"
"Language: cs\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:315
msgid "&Update Problems"
@@ -1299,10 +1299,8 @@
msgstr "Osiřelé balíčky"
#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:96
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Unneeded Patches"
msgid "Unneeded Packages"
-msgstr "Nepotřebné patche (opravy)"
+msgstr "Nepotřebné balíčky"
#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:97
msgid "Multiversion Packages"
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/rear.cs.po new/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/rear.cs.po
--- old/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/rear.cs.po 2013-09-16 12:11:28.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/rear.cs.po 2013-09-26 17:00:06.000000000 +0200
@@ -2,68 +2,58 @@
# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
# Copyright (C) 1999-2001 SuSE GmbH.
-# Petr Pavlik , 1999, 2000, 2001.
#
+# Petr Pavlik , 1999, 2000, 2001.
+# Jan Papez (honyczek) , 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-10-21 16:16+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: Petr Pavlík \n"
-"Language-Team: Czech \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-23 19:43+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Jan Papez (honyczek) \n"
+"Language-Team: Czech \n"
"Language: cs\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xrear module
#: src/clients/rear.rb:54
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Configuration of drbd"
msgid "Configuration of Rear"
-msgstr "Nastavení DRBD"
+msgstr "Konfigurace Rearu"
#. command line help text for 'configure' action
#: src/clients/rear.rb:67
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Change the IrDA configuration"
msgid "Change the Rear configuration"
-msgstr "Změnit nastavení IrDA"
+msgstr "Změnit konfiguraci Rearu"
#: src/clients/rear.rb:73
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Output:"
msgid "Output"
-msgstr "Výstup:"
+msgstr "Výstup"
#: src/clients/rear.rb:74
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "New URL:\n"
msgid "Netfs URL"
-msgstr "Nové URL:\n"
+msgstr "Netfs URL"
#. Dialog shown, when system is not supported by rear
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:85
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "This scanner is not supported by the driver %1."
msgid "This system is not supported by rear, because:"
-msgstr "Tento skener není ovladačem %1 podporován."
+msgstr "Rear nepodporuje tento systém, protože:"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:90
msgid "Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you ignore this warning."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "NEočekávejte, že vytvořená záloha bude užitečná k obnovení systému, pokud ignorujete toto upozornění."
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:104
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "This scanner is not supported."
msgid "This system is not supported."
-msgstr "Tento skener není podporován."
+msgstr "Tento systém není podporován."
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:108
msgid "&Ignore and continue"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "I&gnorovat a pokračovat"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:109 src/include/rear/ui.rb:153
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:253
@@ -72,168 +62,134 @@
#. store original value of directories for the case that the users clicks cancel
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:143
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Additional Repositories"
msgid "Additional Directories to Backup"
-msgstr "Doplňkové repozitáře"
+msgstr "Doplňkové adresáře k zálohování"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:152 src/include/rear/ui.rb:252
msgid "&OK"
msgstr "&OK"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:171
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Cache Directory"
msgid "Choose Directory"
-msgstr "Adresář vyrovnávací paměti"
+msgstr "Vybrat adresář"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:199
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Cannot read configuration file."
msgid "Cannot write rear configuration file."
-msgstr "Nelze číst konfigurační soubor."
+msgstr "Nelze zapsat konfigurační soubor rearu."
#. store original value of modules for the case that the users clicks cancel
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:221
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&No Additional YaST Modules"
msgid "Additional Kernel Modules"
-msgstr "Žá&dné dodatečné moduly programu YaST"
+msgstr "Dodatečné moduly jádra"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:228
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Available Modules"
msgid "Available Modules in current System:"
-msgstr "Dostupné moduly"
+msgstr "Dostupné moduly v současném systému:"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:245
msgid "Modules added to Rescue System:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Moduly přidané do Záchranného systému:"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:250
msgid "Modules are sorted in the order they were loaded."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Moduly jsou seřazeny v pořadí, v jakém byly načteny."
#. Dialog to run rear
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:327
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Preparing for Image Creation"
msgid "Preparing for Rear Execution."
-msgstr "Připravuje se vytváření obrazu"
+msgstr "Připravuje se vykonávání Rearu."
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:348
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Running KInternet..."
msgid "Running rear..."
-msgstr "Spouští se KInternet..."
+msgstr "Rear je spuštěný..."
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:372
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "DBI Execution failed: %s."
msgid "Execution failed with return value %1."
-msgstr "Spuštění DBI selhalo: %s."
+msgstr "Vykonávání selhalo s návratovou hodnotou %1."
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:381
msgid "Finished. You are strongly advised to test the created backup."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dokončeno. Důrazně doporučujeme vytvořenou zálohu vyzkoušet."
#. For translators: Caption of the dialog
#. The whole sequence
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:416 src/include/rear/ui.rb:680
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Printer Configuration"
msgid "Rear Configuration"
-msgstr "Konfigurace tiskárny"
+msgstr "Konfigurace Rearu"
#. help text for Rear
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:419
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p>Here, configure an infrared interface (<b>IrDA</b>) for your computer.</p>"
msgid "<p>Configure Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) backup for your computer.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Zde můžete nastavit <b>IrDA</b> rozhraní vašeho počítače.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Nakonfigurujte Rear Relaxuj a obnovuj (Relax and Recover - <b>ReaR</b>) zálohu vašeho počítače.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:422
msgid "<p>Decide how to start your <b>Recovery System</b>. Choose USB if you want to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Rozhodněte se, jak chcete spustit váš <b>Zotavovací systém</b>. Pokud jej chcete spouštět z USB flash disku, vyberte USB, nebo vyberte ISO, pro spuštění z disku CD.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425
msgid "<p>Choose where the <b>Backup</b> should be stored. Select NFS if you have to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Vyberte, kde by měla být <b>Záloha</b> uložena. Pokud musíte použít server se síťovým souborovým systémem (NFS), vyberte NFS. Umístění zadejte následovně: <tt>nfs://jmeno_serveru/adresar</tt>. Můžete také vybrat USB a tak uložit zálohu na USB disk nebo flash disk.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:428
msgid "<p>If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click <b>Rescan USB Devices</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Pokud nejsou zobrazena žádná USB zařízení, připojte USB disk nebo flash disk a klepněte na <b>Znovu vyhledat USB zařízení</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:431
msgid "<p>Select <b>Keep old backup</b> if you don't want the previous backup copy to be overwritten.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Vyberte <b>Ponechat starou zálohu</b>, pokud nechcete nechat přepsat předchozí zálohu.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434
msgid "<p>The <b>Advanced</b> menu offers to add <b>additional directories to the backup</b> and <b>additional kernel modules to the rescue system</b>. That's only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Menu <b>Pokročilé</b> vám nabízí možnost přidat <b>doplňkové adresáře pro zálohování</b> a <b>dodatečné moduly jádra pro Záchranný systém</b>. Toto je užitečné pouze tehdy, pokud vaše záloha neobsahuje všechny potřebné adresáře, nebo pokud záchranný systém nestartuje z důvodu chybějících jaderných modulů.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:437
msgid "<p>The <b>Save and run rear now</b> button runs rear and shows rear's output. <strong>Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your system!</strong></p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Tlačítko <b>Uložit a spustit rear nyní</b> spustí rear a zobrazí jeho výstup. <strong>Ujistěte se, že vytvořená záloha je ve vašem systému funkční dle vašeho očekávání!</strong></p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:440
msgid "<p><b>OK</b> saves the configuration and quits while <b>Cancel</b> closes the configuration dialog without saving.<p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p><b>OK</b> uloží konfiguraci a skončí, zatímco <b>Storno</b> zavře konfigurační dialog bez uložení.</p>"
#. prepare advanced menu
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:459
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Additional Repositories"
msgid "Additional Directories in Backup"
-msgstr "Doplňkové repozitáře"
+msgstr "Doplňkové adresáře v záloze"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:462
msgid "Additional Kernel Modules in Rescue System"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Dodatečné moduly jádra v Záchranném systému"
#. prepare main dialog
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:472
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Verify System"
msgid "Recovery System"
-msgstr "Ověřit systém"
+msgstr "Záchranný systém"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:480
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Media"
msgid "&Boot Media"
-msgstr "&Média"
+msgstr "Sp&ouštěcí médium"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:490
msgid "Backup"
msgstr "Zálohování"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:498
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Backup"
msgid "&Backup Media"
-msgstr "&Záloha"
+msgstr "&Zálohovací médium"
#. this flag ensures that the combox is correctly
#. refilled when the USB/NFS combobox is changed
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:507 src/include/rear/ui.rb:615
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:629
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Location"
msgid "&Location"
-msgstr "Umístění"
+msgstr "&Umístění"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:517
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Date of backup:"
msgid "&Keep old backup"
-msgstr "Datum zálohy:"
+msgstr "&Ponechat starou zálohu"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:521
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Rescan Devices"
msgid "Rescan USB Devices"
-msgstr "Přezkoumat disky"
+msgstr "Znovu vyhledat USB zařízení"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:529
msgid "Advanced"
@@ -241,68 +197,56 @@
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:531
msgid "Save and run rear now"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Uložit a spustit rear nyní"
#. set settings according to options read from config file.
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:551
msgid "BACKUP is set to an unknown value.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ZÁLOHA je nastavena na neznámou hodnotu.\n"
#. choose selected option or fallback to "ISO" if nothing is set
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:564
msgid "OUTPUT is set to an unknown value.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "VÝSTUP je nastaven na neznámou hodnotu.\n"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:581
msgid "NETFS_URL is set to an unknown value or in wrong format.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "NETFS_URL je nastavena na neznámou hodnotu nebo v nesprávném formátu.\n"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:590
msgid "Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot configure.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Váš konfigurační soubor rearu obsahuje volby, které nemůžete v tomto modulu YaSTu konfigurovat.\n"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:595
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Do you want to immediately remove these sources?"
msgid "Do you want to continue and overwrite these settings?"
-msgstr "Přejete si ihned odstranit tyto zdroje?"
+msgstr "Chcete pokračovat a přepsat tato nastavení?"
#. open run rear dialg, if usb boot medium is selected show a warning
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:640
msgid "Your USB medium will be overwritten. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Vaše USB médium bude přepsáno. Chcete pokračovat?"
#. true: read-only
#. Rear read dialog caption
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:691
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading the Configuration"
msgid "Reading Rear Configuration"
-msgstr "Načítání konfigurace"
+msgstr "Načítá se konfigurace Rearu"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgid "Analyzing system"
-msgstr "Probíhá analýza systému..."
+msgstr "Probíhá analýza systému"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading firewall settings"
msgid "Reading rear settings"
-msgstr "Načítá se aktuální konfigurace firewallu"
+msgstr "Načítá se nastavení rearu"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgid "Analyzing system..."
msgstr "Probíhá analýza systému..."
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading user settings..."
msgid "Reading rear settings..."
-msgstr "Probíhá čtení nastavení uživatele..."
+msgstr "Načítá se nastavení rearu..."
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
msgid "Finished"
@@ -312,34 +256,26 @@
#. returns error message if system is not supported
#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:56 src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:77
msgid "Cannot figure out which bootloader is used."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nelze určit, který zavadeč je použit."
#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:68
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgid "Bootloader %1 is used."
-msgstr "Volby zavaděče"
+msgstr "Je použit zavaděč %1."
#. check devices
#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:106
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Device size is invalid."
msgid "Device %1 is iscsi."
-msgstr "Velikost zařízení je neplatná."
+msgstr "Zařízení %1 je iscsi."
#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:118
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Device path"
msgid "Device %1 is multipath."
-msgstr "Cesta k zařízení"
+msgstr "Zařízení %1 je multipath."
#. check partitions
#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:134
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Partition mounted"
msgid "Partition %1 is mounted by uuid."
-msgstr "Oddíl připojen"
+msgstr "Oddíl %1 je připojen pomocí uuid."
#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:151
msgid "Partition %1 uses an unsupported filesystem (%2)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Oddíl %1 používá nepodporovaný souborový systém (%2)."
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/samba-server.cs.po new/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/samba-server.cs.po
--- old/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/samba-server.cs.po 2013-09-16 12:10:43.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/samba-server.cs.po 2013-09-26 16:59:21.000000000 +0200
@@ -25,9 +25,9 @@
"Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:25+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-16 12:10+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: Jan Papez \n"
-"Language-Team: Czech \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-23 17:33+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Jan Papez (honyczek) \n"
+"Language-Team: Czech \n"
"Language: cs\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -610,10 +610,8 @@
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:931
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "SSL Support"
msgid "Snapper Support"
-msgstr "Podpora SSL"
+msgstr "Podpora Snapperu"
#. translators: dialog caption
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:940
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/status.txt new/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/status.txt
--- old/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/status.txt 2013-09-16 12:11:38.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/status.txt 2013-09-26 17:00:16.000000000 +0200
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-Translated : 18546
-Fuzzy : 74
-Untranslated : 32
+Translated : 18652
+Fuzzy : 0
+Untranslated : 0
--------------------
All strings : 18652
-99 % are translated
+100 % are translated
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/tune.cs.po new/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/tune.cs.po
--- old/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/tune.cs.po 2013-09-10 11:50:19.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/tune.cs.po 2013-09-26 16:59:55.000000000 +0200
@@ -12,21 +12,21 @@
# Klára Cihlářová , 2007.
# Vojtěch Zeisek , 2008.
# Jaromír Červenka cervajz@cervajz.com, 2009.
-# Jan Papez , 2012.
+# Jan Papez , 2012, 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tune\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-24 09:16+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: Jan Papez \n"
-"Language-Team: Czech \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-23 17:34+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Jan Papez (honyczek) \n"
+"Language-Team: Czech \n"
"Language: cs\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo"
#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47
@@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@
#. the second %s is processor model name
#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:70
msgid "%sx %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "%sx %s"
#. list separator (placed between items)
#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:77
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/tv.cs.po new/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/tv.cs.po
--- old/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/tv.cs.po 2013-09-10 11:48:53.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-cs-3.0.0/po/tv.cs.po 2013-09-26 16:58:32.000000000 +0200
@@ -10,21 +10,21 @@
# Klára Cihlářová , 2007.
# Vít Pelčák , 2009.
# Vojtěch Zeisek , 2010.
-# Jan Papez , 2012.
+# Jan Papez , 2012, 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tv\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-24 09:40+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: Jan Papez \n"
-"Language-Team: Czech \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-23 17:40+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Jan Papez (honyczek) \n"
+"Language-Team: Czech \n"
"Language: cs\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. translators: command line help text for Tv module
#: src/clients/tv.rb:50
@@ -1060,10 +1060,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a kernel driver name like "bttv", "saa7134", "cx88", ...
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:369
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Unknown card (driver bttv)"
msgid "Unknown card (driver %s)"
-msgstr "Neznámá karta (ovladač bttv)"
+msgstr "Neznámá karta (ovladač %s)"
#. Error message popup:
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:463
@@ -1074,8 +1072,6 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: tuner name, "No Tuner" means the card does not have
#. a tuner at all (can only grab from external video source)
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:472 src/modules/Tv.rb:477
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "No tuner"
msgid "No Tuner"
msgstr "Žádný tuner"
++++++ yast2-trans-de-3.0.0.tar.bz2 ++++++
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-de-3.0.0/po/status.txt new/yast2-trans-de-3.0.0/po/status.txt
--- old/yast2-trans-de-3.0.0/po/status.txt 2013-09-16 11:50:10.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-de-3.0.0/po/status.txt 2013-09-26 16:55:52.000000000 +0200
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-Translated : 18517
-Fuzzy : 74
+Translated : 18519
+Fuzzy : 72
Untranslated : 61
--------------------
All strings : 18652
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-de-3.0.0/po/tv.de.po new/yast2-trans-de-3.0.0/po/tv.de.po
--- old/yast2-trans-de-3.0.0/po/tv.de.po 2013-09-10 11:51:56.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-de-3.0.0/po/tv.de.po 2013-09-26 16:53:56.000000000 +0200
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: tv.de\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-01 23:42+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-22 10:44+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Michael Skiba \n"
"Language-Team: German \n"
"Language: de\n"
@@ -1069,10 +1069,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a kernel driver name like "bttv", "saa7134", "cx88", ...
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:369
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Unknown card (driver bttv)"
msgid "Unknown card (driver %s)"
-msgstr "Unbekannte Karte (Treiber bttv)"
+msgstr "Unbekannte Karte (Treiber %s)"
#. Error message popup:
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:463
@@ -1083,8 +1081,6 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: tuner name, "No Tuner" means the card does not have
#. a tuner at all (can only grab from external video source)
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:472 src/modules/Tv.rb:477
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "No tuner"
msgid "No Tuner"
msgstr "Kein Tuner"
++++++ yast2-trans-el-3.0.0.tar.bz2 ++++++
++++ 2733 lines of diff (skipped)
++++++ yast2-trans-es-3.0.0.tar.bz2 ++++++
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-es-3.0.0/po/country.es.po new/yast2-trans-es-3.0.0/po/country.es.po
--- old/yast2-trans-es-3.0.0/po/country.es.po 2013-09-10 11:57:49.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-es-3.0.0/po/country.es.po 2013-09-26 16:40:35.000000000 +0200
@@ -877,7 +877,7 @@
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:565
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:888
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
-msgstr "Fecha y hora (NTP esta configurado)"
+msgstr "Fecha y hora (NTP está configurado)"
#. frame label
#. frame label
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-es-3.0.0/po/firewall.es.po new/yast2-trans-es-3.0.0/po/firewall.es.po
--- old/yast2-trans-es-3.0.0/po/firewall.es.po 2013-09-10 11:58:15.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-es-3.0.0/po/firewall.es.po 2013-09-26 17:06:50.000000000 +0200
@@ -13,20 +13,21 @@
# Luis Martinez , 2008.
# cheperobert , 2009, 2010.
# cheperobert , 2011.
+# Carlos E. Robinson , 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-03 18:39-0300\n"
-"Last-Translator: Gabriel \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-20 03:16+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Carlos E. Robinson \n"
"Language-Team: Spanish \n"
"Language: es\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.2\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
"X-Poedit-Language: Spanish\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: message popup
@@ -855,7 +856,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:564
msgid "Re&quested IP (Optional)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "IP re&querida (opcional)"
# clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:171
#. TRANSLATORS: select box
@@ -885,7 +886,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:599
msgid "&Redirect to Port (Optional)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Redirigir a puerto (opcional)"
# include/users/ui.ycp:194
#. TRANSLATORS: select box item
@@ -1547,12 +1548,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:141
msgid "Enables firewall"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Activa el cortafuegos"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:147
msgid "Disables firewall"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Desactiva el cortafuegos"
#
# clients/printconf.ycp:273
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-es-3.0.0/po/ntp-client.es.po new/yast2-trans-es-3.0.0/po/ntp-client.es.po
--- old/yast2-trans-es-3.0.0/po/ntp-client.es.po 2013-09-10 11:57:17.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-es-3.0.0/po/ntp-client.es.po 2013-09-26 16:40:35.000000000 +0200
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
#. check box label
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:254
msgid "&Run NTP as daemon"
-msgstr "&Ejecuar como servicio NTP"
+msgstr "&Ejecutar como servicio NTP"
#. check box label
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:263
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-es-3.0.0/po/status.txt new/yast2-trans-es-3.0.0/po/status.txt
--- old/yast2-trans-es-3.0.0/po/status.txt 2013-09-18 15:52:47.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-es-3.0.0/po/status.txt 2013-09-26 17:07:30.000000000 +0200
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-Translated : 18134
+Translated : 18138
Fuzzy : 333
-Untranslated : 185
+Untranslated : 181
--------------------
All strings : 18652
97 % are translated
++++++ yast2-trans-fi-3.0.0.tar.bz2 ++++++
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-fi-3.0.0/po/dns-server.fi.po new/yast2-trans-fi-3.0.0/po/dns-server.fi.po
--- old/yast2-trans-fi-3.0.0/po/dns-server.fi.po 2013-09-16 12:36:17.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-fi-3.0.0/po/dns-server.fi.po 2013-09-26 16:43:05.000000000 +0200
@@ -10,14 +10,14 @@
# Joonas Niilola , 2006.
# Mikko Piippo , 2008.
# Katariina Kemppainen , 2010.
-# Harri Miettinen , 2011, 2012.
+# Harri Miettinen , 2011, 2012, 2013.
# asko , 2012.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dns-server.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-14 22:22+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-21 10:21+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas \n"
"Language-Team: Finnish \n"
"Language: fi\n"
@@ -1454,7 +1454,7 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1352
msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "SPF: Sender Policy Framework"
#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1369
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-fi-3.0.0/po/ncurses-pkg.fi.po new/yast2-trans-fi-3.0.0/po/ncurses-pkg.fi.po
--- old/yast2-trans-fi-3.0.0/po/ncurses-pkg.fi.po 2013-09-16 12:36:18.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-fi-3.0.0/po/ncurses-pkg.fi.po 2013-09-26 16:43:06.000000000 +0200
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
# Jyri Palokangas , 2007, 2008, 2009.
# Jyri Palokangas , 2008, 2009, 2010.
# Mikko Piippo , 2008.
-# Harri Miettinen , 2010, 2011.
+# Harri Miettinen , 2010, 2011, 2013.
# Jyri Palokangas , 2010, 2012, 2013.
# Katariina Kemppainen , 2010, 2012.
msgid ""
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: ncurses-pkg.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 11:09+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-12 21:47+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-25 13:08+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas \n"
"Language-Team: Finnish \n"
"Language: fi\n"
@@ -132,19 +132,19 @@
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203
msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option <b>Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages</b> from <b>Dependencies</b> menu has to be set."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tässä on lista hyödyllisitä paketeista. Ne asennetaan myös, mikäli jokin asennettavista paketeista suosittelee niitä. Asentaaksesi jo asennettujen pakettien suosittelemat paketit, tulee <b>Asenna suositellut paketit jo asennetuille paketeille</b> olla valittuna riippuvuudet valikosta."
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207
msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "On suositeltavaa asentaa nämä paketit, koska täydentävät jo asennettuja paketteja. Käyttäjän tulee päättää haluaako asentaa paketit."
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211
msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Näillä paketeilla ei ole asennuslähdettä, eli pakettien päivitys ei ole mahdollista."
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215
msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Nämä paketit saattavat olla tarpeettomia, koska aikaisemmat riippuvuudet eivät ovat poistuneet."
#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65
msgid "Delete"
@@ -206,10 +206,8 @@
msgstr "Yhteenveto asennuksesta"
#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:87
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Package &Relations"
msgid "Package Classification"
-msgstr "Pakettien s&uhteet"
+msgstr "Pakettiluokka"
#: src/NCPkgFilterPattern.cc:183
#, c-format
@@ -340,10 +338,8 @@
msgstr "&Älä asenna [-]"
#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:106
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Lock [*]"
msgid "&Lock or Taboo [!]"
-msgstr "&Lukittu [+]"
+msgstr "&Lukittu tai tabu [!]"
#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:81
msgid "Launch &Repository Manager"
@@ -386,22 +382,16 @@
msgstr "&Varmista järjestelmä nyt"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
-msgstr "&Ohita suositellut paketit jo asennetuille paketeille"
+msgstr "&Asenna suositellut paketit jo asennetuille paketeille"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages"
msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)"
-msgstr "&Suorita puhdistus poistettaessa paketteja"
+msgstr "&Suorita puhdistus poistettaessa paketteja (Väliaikainen muutos)"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:106
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Allow vendor change"
msgid "&Allow Vendor Change (Temporary Change)"
-msgstr "Salli &valmistajan vaihto"
+msgstr "Salli &valmistajan vaihto (Väliaikainen muutos)"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:110
msgid "&Generate Dependency Solver Testcase"
@@ -418,14 +408,12 @@
#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:249
msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Täyttääksesi jo asennettujen pakettien riippuvuudet"
#. part 2 of the text
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:251
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:"
-msgstr "Ei asennettavaksi valittuja paketteja."
+msgstr "automaattisesti asennettavaksi valitut paketit:"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:265
msgid "System dependencies verify OK."
@@ -468,10 +456,8 @@
#. _( "Re&levant Patches" )
#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:74
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Installed Patches"
msgid "&Installed Patches"
-msgstr "Asennetut korjaukset"
+msgstr "&Asennetut korjaukset"
#. _( "&Satisfied Patches" ) );
#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:76
@@ -633,10 +619,8 @@
msgstr "Tarjoaa"
#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:72
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Required by:"
msgid "Required by"
-msgstr "Vaativat:"
+msgstr "Vaatii"
#. menu entry 2 - display different kinds of info on pkgs
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:64
@@ -675,64 +659,23 @@
#. part1 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<h3>Welcome to the package selector</h3><p>This tool will help you to manage\n"
-#| "the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single\n"
-#| "packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or\n"
-#| "languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when\n"
-#| "installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters, package table<b> and <b>menu</b>.</p>"
msgid "<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> and <b>menu</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<h3>Tervetuloa pakettien valintaan</h3><p>Tämä työkalu auttaa sinua hallitsemaan\n"
-" järjestelmän ohjelmistoja. Voit asentaa, päivittää tai poistaa yksittäisiä paketteja\n"
-" sekä ohjelmistoryhmiä (pakettivalintoja, jotka palvelevat tiettyä tarkoitusta) tai\n"
-" käännöspaketteja. Yleensä sinun ei tarvitse huolehtia pakettien välisistä riippuvuuksista\n"
-" kun asennat tai poistat niitä - ratkaisin huolehtii niistä puolestasi. Pakettien valinta koostuu kolmesta pääkohdasta:\n"
-" <b>suotimista, pakettiluettelosta<b> ja <b>valikosta</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Tervetuloa pakettien valintaan</b></p><p>Tämä työkalu auttaa sinua hallitsemaan järjestelmän ohjelmistoja. Voit asentaa, päivittää tai poistaa yksittäisiä paketteja sekä ohjelmistoryhmiä (pakettivalintoja, jotka palvelevat tiettyä tarkoitusta) tai käännöspaketteja. Yleensä sinun ei tarvitse huolehtia pakettien välisistä riippuvuuksista kun asennat tai poistat niitä - ratkaisin huolehtii niistä puolestasi. Pakettien valinta koostuu kolmesta pääkohdasta: <b>suotimista</b>, <b>pakettiluettelosta</b> ja <b>valikosta</b>.</p>"
#. part of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Filters</b> (left panel) are designed for easy orientation in a large\n"
-#| "amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain\n"
-#| "repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development)\n"
-#| "or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>"
msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Suotimet</b> (vasen paneeli) tekevät helpommaksi saada yleiskuvan suuresta\n"
-" joukosta paketteja. Suotimien avulla voit näyttää esimerkiksi vain tietyn asennuslähteen\n"
-" paketit tai tiettyyn ohjelmaryhmään (esimerkiksi pelit, C/C++-kehitys) kuuluvat paketit tai\n"
-" hakea haluamiasi hakusanoja. Löydät lisätietoja kohdasta <i>Kuinka suotimia käytetään</i>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Suotimet</b> (vasen paneeli) tekevät helpommaksi saada yleiskuvan suuresta joukosta paketteja. Suotimien avulla voit näyttää esimerkiksi vain tietyn asennuslähteen paketit tai tiettyyn ohjelmaryhmään (esimerkiksi pelit, C/C++-kehitys) kuuluvat paketit tai hakea haluamiasi hakusanoja. Löydät lisätietoja kohdasta <i>Kuinka suotimia käytetään</i>.</p>"
#. additional help text for post installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You\n"
-#| "will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the\n"
-#| "selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:</p>"
msgid "<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Pakettitaulukko</b> on pakettien valitsimen tärkein osa.\n"
-" Näet tässä luettelon suodinta vastaavista paketeista (esimerkiksi\n"
-" valittu RPM-ryhmä tai hakutulos). Kukin taulukon rivi sisältää useita sarakkeita:</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Pakettitaulukko</b> on pakettien valitsimen tärkein osa. Näet tässä luettelon suodinta vastaavista paketeista (esimerkiksi valittu RPM-ryhmä tai hakutulos). Kukin taulukon rivi sisältää useita sarakkeita:</p>"
#. part2 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and\n"
-#| "Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available\n"
-#| "version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed\n"
-#| "version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>"
msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>"
-msgstr ""
-"<ol><li>Paketin tila (isätietoja kohdassa <i>Paketin tila ja symbolit</i>).</li>\n"
-"<li>Paketin nimi</li><li>Paketin yhteenveto</li><li>Saatavilla oleva versio\n"
-" (jossakin asennuslähteistä)</li><li>Asennettu versio (tyhjä, jos ei vielä asennettu)</li>\n"
-"<li>Paketin koko</li></ol>"
+msgstr "<ol><li>Paketin tila (isätietoja kohdassa <i>Paketin tila ja symbolit</i>).</li> <li>Paketin nimi</li><li>Paketin yhteenveto</li><li>Saatavilla oleva versio (jossakin asennuslähteistä)</li><li>Asennettu versio (tyhjä, jos ei vielä asennettu)</li> <li>Paketin koko</li></ol>"
#. part3 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151
@@ -741,16 +684,8 @@
#. part4 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package\n"
-#| "dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like\n"
-#| "opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful Functions in Menu</i>.</p>"
msgid "<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful Functions in Menu</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Valikko</b> tarjoaa toimintoja, jotka liittyvät riippuvuuksien\n"
-" hallintaan. Näyttää paketteja koskevia tietoja tai suorittaa toimintoja kuten\n"
-" asennuslähteiden muokkaimen avaamisen. Lisätietoja löydät kohdasta <i>Valikon hyödylliset toiminnot</i></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Valikko</b> tarjoaa toimintoja, jotka liittyvät riippuvuuksien hallintaan. Näyttää paketteja koskevia tietoja tai suorittaa toimintoja kuten asennuslähteiden muokkaimen avaamisen. Lisätietoja löydät kohdasta <i>Valikon hyödylliset toiminnot</i></p>"
#. the headline of the help window
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165
@@ -759,29 +694,13 @@
#. part 1 of help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the keys\n"
-#| "specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional\n"
-#| "package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be\n"
-#| "installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>"
msgid "<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Paketin tilaa voidaan muuttaa käyttäen <i>Toiminnot</i>-valikkoa tai\n"
-" valikossa määriteltyjä näppäimiä. Esimerkiksi käytä '+' asentaaksesi lisää\n"
-"paketteja.</p><p>\"Tabu\"-tila tarkoittaa, että pakettia ei tulisi koskaan asentaa.\n"
-"Sitä vastoin \"Lukittu\"-tila tarkoittaa, että asennettu versio paketista tulisi aina pitää.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Paketin tilaa voidaan muuttaa käyttäen <i>Toiminnot</i>-valikkoa tai valikossa määriteltyjä näppäimiä. Esimerkiksi käytä '+' asentaaksesi lisää paketteja.</p><p>\"Tabu\"-tila tarkoittaa, että pakettia ei tulisi koskaan asentaa. Sitä vastoin \"Lukittu\"-tila tarkoittaa, että asennettu versio paketista tulisi aina pitää.</p>"
#. part 2 of help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package\n"
-#| "status. The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>"
msgid "<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status. The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Voit käyttää <b>Enter</b> tai <b>välilyönti</b>-näppäimiä paketin tilan\n"
-"vaihtamiseksi<i>Toiminnot</i>-valikko sallii sinun muuttaa luettelon kaikkien pakettien tilaa (valitse 'Kaikki luetellut paketit')."
+msgstr "<p>Voit käyttää <b>Enter</b> tai <b>välilyönti</b>-näppäimiä paketin tilan vaihtamiseksi. <i>Toiminnot</i>-valikko sallii sinun muuttaa luettelon kaikkien pakettien tilaa (valitse 'Kaikki luetellut paketit')."
#. part 3 of help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185
@@ -805,77 +724,28 @@
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Filters</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to\n"
-#| "the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages) or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>"
msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Suotimet</b> auttavat sinua suodattamaan kaikista paketeista esiin ne,\n"
-" joista olet kiinnostunut. Pakettisuotimet perustuvat paketin ominaisuuksiin (asennuslähde, RPM-ryhmä), paketin \"säiliöön\" (ohjelmistoryhmä, kieli) tai hakutuloksiin. Valitse haluamasi suodin pudotusvalikosta. Suotimet kuvataan alla.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Suotimet</b> auttavat sinua suodattamaan kaikista paketeista esiin ne, joista olet kiinnostunut. Pakettisuotimet perustuvat paketin ominaisuuksiin (asennuslähde, RPM-ryhmä), paketin \"säiliöön\" (ohjelmistoryhmä, kieli) tai hakutuloksiin. Valitse haluamasi suodin pudotusvalikosta. Suotimet kuvataan alla.</p>"
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have\n"
-#| "(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of\n"
-#| "packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may\n"
-#| "have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</p>"
msgid "<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Ohjelmistoryhmät</b> kuvaavat järjestelmän toivottuja ominaisuuksia ja\n"
-" toimintoja (esimerkiksi X-palvelin, konsolityökalut). Kukin ohjelmistoryhmä\n"
-" koostuu joukosta vaadittuja paketteja, suositeltuja paketteja ja ehdotettuja paketteja.\n"
-" Jos valitset tietyn ohjelmistoryhmän asennettavaksi, päivitettäväksi tai poistettavaksi\n"
-" suoritetaan ratkaisin, joka muuttaa vastaavasti alisteisten pakettien tilaa.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Ohjelmistoryhmät</b> kuvaavat järjestelmän toivottuja ominaisuuksia ja toimintoja (esimerkiksi X-palvelin, konsolityökalut). Kukin ohjelmistoryhmä koostuu joukosta vaadittuja paketteja, suositeltuja paketteja ja ehdotettuja paketteja. Jos valitset tietyn ohjelmistoryhmän asennettavaksi, päivitettäväksi tai poistettavaksi suoritetaan ratkaisin, joka muuttaa vastaavasti alisteisten pakettien tilaa.</p>"
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They\n"
-#| "contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific\n"
-#| "files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers\n"
-#| "that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a\n"
-#| "property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The\n"
-#| "<b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific repository. </p>"
msgid "<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The <b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific repository. </p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Kielet</b> ovat pakettivalikoimia, jotka sisältävät kielikohtaisia\n"
-" käännöksiä ja sanakirjoja tai muita kielikohtaisia tiedostoja valitulle kielelle.\n"
-" <b>RPM-ryhmät</b> eivät ole asennettavia ryhmiä. Sen sijaan jäsenyys tietyssä\n"
-" ryhmässä on paketin ominaisuus. Niillä on hierarkkinen puurakenne.\n"
-" <b>Asennuslähteet</b>-suotimen avulla voit näyttää paketit,\n"
-" jotka ovat peräisin tietystä asennuslähteestä.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Kielet</b> ovat pakettivalikoimia, jotka sisältävät kielikohtaisia käännöksiä ja sanakirjoja tai muita kielikohtaisia tiedostoja valitulle kielelle. <b>RPM-ryhmät</b> eivät ole asennettavia ryhmiä. Sen sijaan jäsenyys tietyssä ryhmässä on paketin ominaisuus. Niillä on hierarkkinen puurakenne. <b>Asennuslähteet</b>-suotimen avulla voit näyttää paketit, jotka ovat peräisin tietystä asennuslähteestä.</p>"
#. help text package search
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for\n"
-#| "the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the\n"
-#| "expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or\n"
-#| "requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button.</p>"
msgid "<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Käyttääksesi <b>Hae</b>-suodinta, anna hakusana (tai osittainen hakusana)\n"
-"paketti hakuun. Esimerkiksi etsiäksesi kaikki 3D-paketit anna hakusanaksi \"3d\".\n"
-"Voit etsiä myös paketin kuvauksesta, RPM-paketin tiedostoista tai riippuvuuksista\n"
-"Valitse kuvausta vastaava valinta ja aloita etsintä painamalla 'Hae'-nappia.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Käyttääksesi <b>Hae</b>-suodinta, anna hakusana (tai osittainen hakusana) paketti hakuun. Esimerkiksi etsiäksesi kaikki 3D-paketit anna hakusanaksi \"3d\". Voit etsiä myös paketin kuvauksesta, RPM-paketin tiedostoista tai riippuvuuksista Valitse kuvausta vastaava valinta ja aloita etsintä painamalla 'Hae'-nappia.</p>"
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose\n"
-#| "status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or\n"
-#| "removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver.</p>"
msgid "<p>The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter <b>Package Classification</b> provides information about <i>Recommended</i>, <i>Suggested</i>, <i>Orphaned</i> and <i>Unneeded</i> packages.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Asennuksen yhteenveto</b> antaa yhteenvedon paketeista, joiden tilaa\n"
-" on muutettu tässä istunnossa (esimerkiksi merkitsemällä asennettavaksi tai\n"
-"poistettavaksi), ne voivat olla joko käyttäjän antamia tai automaattisesti tehtyjä.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Asennuksen yhteenveto</b> antaa yhteenvedon paketeista, joiden tilaa on muutettu tässä istunnossa (esimerkiksi merkitsemällä asennettavaksi tai poistettavaksi), ne voivat olla joko käyttäjän antamia tai automaattisesti tehtyjä. Suodin <b>Pakettiluokka</b> tarjoaa tietoa <i>Suositelluista</i>, <i>Ehdotetuista</i>, <i>Orvoista</i> ja <i>Tarpeettomista</i> paketeista.</p>"
#. label for an error popup
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248
@@ -883,65 +753,32 @@
msgstr "Käytännöllisiä toimintoja valikossa"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Dependencies:</b> This menu offers various actions related to the\n"
-#| "handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change (<i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> is on). You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'.</p>"
msgid "<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Riippuvuudet:</b> Tämä valikko tarjoaa toimintoja, jotka liittyvät \n"
-"pakettien riippuvuuksien käsittelyyn. Oletuksena pakettien riippuvuudet tarkistetaan aina kun niiden tila muuttuu (<i>Automaattinen riippuvuuksien tarkistus</i> päällä). Sinulle ilmoitetaan pakettien välisistä ristiriidoista ja tarvittavat lisäpaketit valitaan automaattisesti. Ratkaistaksesi ristiriidan, valitse yksi tarjotuista ehdotuksista ja napsauta sitten 'OK -- yritä uudelleen'.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Riippuvuudet:</b> <br>Tämä valikko tarjoaa toimintoja, jotka liittyvät pakettien riippuvuuksien käsittelyyn. Oletuksena pakettien riippuvuudet tarkistetaan aina kun niiden tila muuttuu. Sinulle ilmoitetaan pakettien välisistä ristiriidoista ja ehdotetaan mahdollista ristiriidan ratkaisua. Ratkaistaksesi ristiriidan, valitse yksi tarjotuista ehdotuksista ja napsauta sitten 'OK -- yritä uudelleen'.</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle <i>Automatic\n"
-#| "Dependency Check</i> off. You can check dependencies manually by selecting\n"
-#| "<i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry will check\n"
-#| "package dependencies and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing\n"
-#| "packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use\n"
-#| "<i>Generate Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies\n"
-#| "data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is\n"
-#| "usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>"
msgid "<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle <i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Voit ottaa riippuvuuksien tarkistuksen pois käytöstä vaihtamalla\n"
-" <i>Automaattinen riippuvuuksien tarkistus</i> -valinnan tilaa.\n"
-" Voit tarkistaa riippuvuudet käsin valitsemalla <i>Tarkista riippuvuudet nyt</i>.\n"
-" <i>Tarkista järjestelmä</i> tarkistaa pakettien riippuvuudet ja ratkoo\n"
-" ristiriidat vuorovaikutuksettomassa tilassa merkiten automaattisesti\n"
-" asennettavat paketit tarpeen vaatiessa. Virheiden etsintää varten voit\n"
-" käyttää toimintoa <i>Luo riippuvuuksien ratkaisun testitapaus</i>. Se\n"
-" tallentaa riippuvuustiedot hakemistoon <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>.\n"
-"Tätä tiedostoa tarvitset usein, kun sinulta pyydetään Bugzillassa \"solver testcasea\".</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Voit ottaa riippuvuuksien tarkistuksen pois käytöstä vaihtamalla <i>Automaattinen riippuvuuksien tarkistus</i> -valinnan tilaa. Voit tarkistaa riippuvuudet käsin valitsemalla <i>Tarkista riippuvuudet nyt</i>. <i>Tarkista järjestelmä</i> tarkistaa pakettien riippuvuudet ja ratkoo ristiriidat vuorovaikutuksettomassa tilassa merkiten automaattisesti asennettavat paketit tarpeen vaatiessa. Virheiden etsintää varten voit käyttää toimintoa <i>Luo riippuvuuksien ratkaisun testitapaus</i>. Se tallentaa riippuvuustiedot hakemistoon <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Tätä tiedostoa tarvitset usein, kun sinulta pyydetään Bugzillassa \"solver testcasea\".</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are: <i>System Verification Mode</i> (monitor and repair dependencies of already installed packages and solve immediately), <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i> (remove dependent unused packages) and <i>Allow vendor change</i> (package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package). Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is on (if desired uncheck the option).</p>"
msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages</i>: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These option are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Käytettävissä olevat vaihtoehdot riippuvuuden tarkastuksessa: <i>Järjestelmän varmistamistila</i> (korjata riippuvuudet jo asennettuihin paketteihin ja ratkaista riippuvuudet välittömästi), <i>Suorita puhdistus poistettaessa paketteja</i> (poista riippuvuuksia käyttämättömät paketit) ja <i>Salli valmistajan vaihto</i> (Paketin tekijä voi olla eri kun asennetun paketin tekijä). Huomaa: tarkistettuasi järjestelmän <i>Varmista järjestelmä nyt</i> tulee valinta <i>Järjestelmän varmistus</i> valituksi (poista valinta mikäli haluat).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Käytettävissä olevat vaihtoehdot riippuvuuksien tarkistuksessa:<br> <i>Automaattinen riippuvuuksien tarkistus</i> (katso yläpuolelta), <i>Asenna jo asennettujen pakettien suositukset</i>: jos käytössä, myös jo asennettujen pakettien suositukset asennetaan, <i>Järjestelmän varmistamistila</i>: korjaa riippuvuudet jo asennettuihin paketteihin välittömästi. Huomaa: tarkistettuasi järjestelmän <i>Varmista järjestelmä nyt</i> otetaan valinta <i>Järjestelmän varmistamistila</i> käyttöön (poista valinta mikäli haluat). Nämä valinnat tallennetaan YaST määritystiedostoon <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272
msgid "<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Lisäasetukset:<br><i>Suorita puhdistus poistettaessa paketteja</i>: poistaa riippuvuuden omaavat käyttämättömät paketit. <i>Salli valmistajan vaihto</i>: pakettien valmistaja voi olla eri kuin asennetun paketin valmistaja. Näitä valintoja ei tallenneta, ne voidaan asettaa määritystiedostoon <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf>/tt>.</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:278
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p><b>View:</b> Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>"
msgid "<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Näytä:</b> Valitse mitä tietoja valitusta paketista näytetään erillisessä ikkunassa. Mahdollisia valintoja ovat: paketin kuvaus, tekniset tiedot (versio, koko, lisenssi ja niin edelleen), paketin versiot (kaikki), tiedostoluettelo (kaikki pakettiin kuuluvat tiedostot) ja riippuvuudet (tarjoaa, vaatii ja niin edelleen)</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:284
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b> this menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>"
msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Määritys:</b> tämä valikko yhdistää pakettivalitsimen muiden paketinhallintatyökalujen kanssa. Tässä voit <b>Käynnistää asennuslähteiden hallinnan</b> ja muokata määritettyjä asennuslähteitä tai rekisteröidä päivitysasennuslähteen ja määrittää päivitysten ajastetun lataamisen (<b>Käynnistä verkkopäivityksen määritys</b>). Lisäksi voit valita yhden kolmesta mahdollisesta käytännöstä pakettivalinnan valmistuttua - <b>Toiminto pakettien asennuksen jälkeen</b>-valikosta.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Määritys:</b> Tämä valikko yhdistää pakettivalitsimen muiden paketinhallintatyökalujen kanssa. Tässä voit <b>Käynnistää asennuslähteiden hallinnan</b> ja muokata määritettyjä asennuslähteitä tai rekisteröidä päivitysasennuslähteen ja määrittää päivitysten ajastetun lataamisen (<b>Käynnistä verkkopäivityksen määritys</b>). Lisäksi voit valita yhden kolmesta mahdollisesta käytännöstä pakettivalinnan valmistuttua - <b>Toiminto pakettien asennuksen jälkeen</b>-valikosta.</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:289
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b> miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>"
msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Ekstrat:</b> sekalaisia toimintoja. <i>Vie pakettiluettelot tiedostoon</i> vie tiedot asennetuista paketeista, ohjelmaryhmistä ja kielistä määrättyyn XML-tiedostoon. Tiedosto voidaan myöhemmin lukea toiminnolla <i>Tuo pakettiluettelo tiedostosta</i> vaikkapa toisessa tietokoneessa. Näin kohdekoneen pakettiluettelo saadaan vastaamaan XML-tiedostossa kuvattua tilaa. <i>Näytä käytettävissä oleva levytila</i> näyttää taulukon, josta käy ilmi levyn käyttö ja vapaa levytila tiedostojärjestelmään liitetyllä osioilla. <i>Käynnistä asennuslähteiden hallinta<i> avaa asennuslähteiden asetukset.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Ekstrat:</b> Sekalaisia toimintoja. <i>Vie pakettiluettelot tiedostoon</i> vie tiedot asennetuista paketeista, ohjelmaryhmistä ja kielistä määrättyyn XML-tiedostoon. Tiedosto voidaan myöhemmin lukea toiminnolla <i>Tuo pakettiluettelo tiedostosta</i> vaikkapa toisessa tietokoneessa. Näin kohdekoneen pakettiluettelo saadaan vastaamaan XML-tiedostossa kuvattua tilaa. <i>Näytä käytettävissä oleva levytila</i> näyttää taulukon, josta käy ilmi levyn käyttö ja vapaa levytila tiedostojärjestelmään liitetyllä osioilla. <i>Käynnistä asennuslähteiden hallinta<i> avaa asennuslähteiden asetukset.</p>"
#. label of a frame with search settings
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:297
@@ -1139,18 +976,12 @@
#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text.
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:611
msgid "<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in the feature.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Yleistä tietoa korjauksista:</p><p><b>Tietoturva</b> korjaukset korjaavat tärkeitä turvallisuuteen liittyviä ongelmia ja niiden asentaminen on erittäin suositeltavaa. On myös suositeltavaa asentaa<b>Suositellut</b> korjaukset, ne sisältävät tärkeitä bugi-korjauksia. Asenna <b>toiminne</b> korjaukset mikäli olet kiinnostunut toiminteesta.</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will\n"
-#| "always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>"
msgid "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Korjaukset pakettiin \"libzypp\" (Paketti-, korjaus-, ohjelmistoryhmä- ja tuotehallinta) \n"
-" asennetaan aina ensiksi. Muut korjaukset asennetaan toisella suorituskerralla.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Korjaukset pakettiin \"libzypp\" (Paketti-, korjaus-, ohjelmistoryhmä- ja tuotehallinta) asennetaan aina ensiksi. Muut korjaukset asennetaan toisella suorituskerralla.</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625
@@ -1160,12 +991,12 @@
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632
msgid "<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If you want to deselect one of the patches with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same packages is still selected and the newer packages will be installed and withit this patch is satified.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Lisätietoja tilasta:<br>Mikäli pakettiin (tai joukkoon paketteja) on useita korjauksia joita ei ole vielä asennettu esivalitaan ne kaikki ja niiden tilla on <b>a+</b>. Mikäli haluat poistaa jonkin korjauksen '-' -painikkeella saattaa korjauksen tila muuttua <b>i</b>. Tämä johtuu siitä, että joku toinen valittuna oleva korjaus samalle paketille asentaa uusimman version paketista ja näin ollen sisältää korjauksen.</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639
msgid "<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibilty to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menus contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Valikot:</p><p><b>Suodin</b> -valikko mahdollistaa korjauksien suodattamisen esimerkiksi asennettujen pakettien mukaan tai listaa tietoturva korjaukset. Korjauksien etsiminen on myös mahdollista.<br><b>Toiminnot</b> -valikosta voidaan muuttaa korjauksen tilaa.<br><b>Näkymä</b> -valikosta on mahdollista katsoa paketit joita korjaus koskee. Huomaa: Mikäli suotimeksi on valittu \"kaikki korjaukset\" joidenkin korjauksien pakettilista saattaa olla tyhjä. Tämä tarkoittaa, että mitään paketteja joihin korjauksia on saatavilla ei ole asennettuna.<br><b>Riippuvuudet</b> -valikosta voi tarkistaa pakettien riippuvuudet ja suorittaa riippuvuuksien testaamisen. </p>"
#. label for a warning popup
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:648
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-fi-3.0.0/po/printer.fi.po new/yast2-trans-fi-3.0.0/po/printer.fi.po
--- old/yast2-trans-fi-3.0.0/po/printer.fi.po 2013-09-10 12:01:29.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-fi-3.0.0/po/printer.fi.po 2013-09-26 16:42:53.000000000 +0200
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: printer.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-08 23:19+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-25 08:29+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas \n"
"Language-Team: Finnish \n"
"Language: fi\n"
@@ -2380,81 +2380,6 @@
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 3/7:
#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:481
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "<b><big>Percent Encoding</big></b><br>\n"
-#| "The issue is complicated.\n"
-#| "It is recommended to avoid reserved characters and spaces\n"
-#| "for component values in URIs if the values are under your control\n"
-#| "(e.g. you cannot avoid it when you must specify such characters\n"
-#| "in values for an URI to access a remote print queue\n"
-#| "but the remote print queue is not under your control).\n"
-#| "Whenever possible use only so called 'unreserved characters'.\n"
-#| "Unreserved characters are uppercase and lowercase letters,\n"
-#| "decimal digits, hyphen, period, underscore, and tilde.\n"
-#| "Even hyphen, period, tilde, and case sensitivity\n"
-#| "could cause special issues in special cases\n"
-#| "(e.g. only letters, digits, and underscore are known to work\n"
-#| "for a CUPS print queue name and case is not significant there).\n"
-#| "Therefore it is best to use only lowercase letters, digits,\n"
-#| "and underscore for all values in all URIs if possible.<br>\n"
-#| "Reserved characters and space characters in the value of a component\n"
-#| "must be percent-encoded (also known as URL encoding).<br>\n"
-#| "When an input field in the dialog is intended to enter\n"
-#| "only a single value for a single component of the URI\n"
-#| "(e.g. separated input fields for username and password),\n"
-#| "you must enter spaces and reserved characters literally\n"
-#| "(i.e. non-percent-encoded).\n"
-#| "For such input fields all spaces and reserved characters\n"
-#| "will be automatically percent-encoded.\n"
-#| "For example if a password is actually 'Foo%20Bar' (non-percent-encoded),\n"
-#| "it must be entered literally in the password input field in the dialog.\n"
-#| "The automated percent-encoding results 'Foo%2520Bar' which is how\n"
-#| "the vaule of the password component is actually stored in the URI.<br>\n"
-#| "In contrast when an input field in the dialog is intended to enter\n"
-#| "more that a single value for a single component of the URI\n"
-#| "(e.g. a single input field for all optional parameters\n"
-#| "like 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3'\n"
-#| "or a single input field to enter the whole URI),\n"
-#| "you must enter spaces and reserved characters percent-encoded\n"
-#| "because an automated percent-encoding is no longer possible.\n"
-#| "Assume in an optional parameter 'option=value'\n"
-#| "the value would be 'this&that' so that the whole\n"
-#| "optional parameter would be 'option=this&that' (literally).\n"
-#| "But a literal '&' character denotes\n"
-#| "the separation of different optional parameters\n"
-#| "so that 'option=this&that' in an URI means\n"
-#| "a first optional parameter 'option=this' and\n"
-#| "a second optional parameter which is only 'that'.\n"
-#| "Therefore a single optional parameter 'option=this&that'\n"
-#| "must be entered percent-encoded as 'option=this%26that'<br>\n"
-#| "Input fields which require percent-encoded input\n"
-#| "are denoted by a '[percent-encoded]' hint.<br>\n"
-#| "Listing of characters and their percent encoding:<br>\n"
-#| "space ' ' is percent encoded as %20<br>\n"
-#| "exclamation mark ! is percent encoded as %21<br>\n"
-#| "number sign # is percent encoded as %23<br>\n"
-#| "Dollar sign $ is percent encoded as %24<br>\n"
-#| "percentage % is percent encoded as %25<br>\n"
-#| "ampersand & is percent encoded as %26<br>\n"
-#| "apostrophe / single quotation mark ' is percent encoded as %27<br>\n"
-#| "left parenthesis ( is percent encoded as %28<br>\n"
-#| "right parenthesis ) is percent encoded as %29<br>\n"
-#| "asterisk * is percent encoded as %2A<br>\n"
-#| "plus sign + is percent encoded as %2B<br>\n"
-#| "comma , is percent encoded as %2C<br>\n"
-#| "slash / is percent encoded as %2F<br>\n"
-#| "colon : is percent encoded as %3A<br>\n"
-#| "semicolon ; is percent encoded as %3B<br>\n"
-#| "equals sign = is percent encoded as %3D<br>\n"
-#| "question mark ? is percent encoded as %3F<br>\n"
-#| "at sign @ is percent encoded as %40<br>\n"
-#| "left bracket [ is percent encoded as %5B<br>\n"
-#| "right bracket ] is percent encoded as %5D<br>\n"
-#| "For details see 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax' at<br>\n"
-#| "http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n"
-#| "</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Percent Encoding</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2556,7 +2481,7 @@
"Esimerkki jos salasana on tosiasiassa ''Foo%20Bar' (ilma prosenttikoodausta)\n"
"se täytyy syöttää merkilleen salasanakenttään.\n"
"Automaattikoodaus tekee siitä ' Foo%2520Bar' mikä salasanan arvo tosiasiassa\n"
-"tallennetaan URI:\n"
+"tallennetaan URIin\n"
"Vastaavasti kun URIn komponentin syöttökenttään on tarkoitus antaa enemmän\n"
"kuin yksi arvo yksittäiselle URIn komponentille, (esim. yksittäinen kenttä\n"
"kaikille valinnaisille parametreille kuten\n"
@@ -2654,44 +2579,6 @@
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7:
#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:586
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>\n"
-#| "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n"
-#| "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n"
-#| "A network printer has such kind of device built-in.\n"
-#| "Access happens via three different network protocols.\n"
-#| "See the manual of your network printer or printserver box\n"
-#| "what your particular device supports:<br>\n"
-#| "<b>TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)</b><br>\n"
-#| "The IP address and a port number is needed to access it.\n"
-#| "Often the port number 9100 is the right one.\n"
-#| "It is the simplest, fastest, and generally the most reliable protocol.\n"
-#| "The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
-#| "socket://ip-address:port-number<br>\n"
-#| "<b>Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol</b><br>\n"
-#| "A LPD runs on the device and provides one or more LPD queues.\n"
-#| "The IP address and a LPD queue name is needed to access it.\n"
-#| "Almost all network printers and printserver boxes support it.\n"
-#| "Often an arbitrary queue name or 'LPT1' works somehow.\n"
-#| "But using a correct LPD queue which does not somehow change\n"
-#| "the data or add additional formfeeds or banner pages\n"
-#| "could be essential for reliable printing.\n"
-#| "The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
-#| "lpd://ip-address/queue<br>\n"
-#| "<b>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</b><br>\n"
-#| "IPP is the native protocol for CUPS which runs on a real computer\n"
-#| "but when IPP is implemented in a small printserver box,\n"
-#| "it is often not implemented properly. Only use IPP when the vendor\n"
-#| "actually documents official support for it. \n"
-#| "The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
-#| "ipp://ip-address:port-number/resource<br>\n"
-#| "What 'port-number' and 'resource' exactly is depends totally\n"
-#| "on the particular network printer or printserver box model.<br>\n"
-#| "For <b>more information</b> have a look at<br>\n"
-#| "http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/network.html\n"
-#| "</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2734,7 +2621,8 @@
"<b><big>Laitteen URI verkkotulostinta tai tulostinpalvelinta varten</big></b><br>\n"
"Tulostinpalvelin on verkkoon liitetty laite, jossa on USB- tai \n"
"rinnakkaisportti varsinaisen tulostimen liittämistä varten.\n"
-"Verkkotulostimeen on sisäänrakennettu samanlainen laite.}n Käyttämien tapahtuu kolmen verkkoyhteyskäytännön avulla.\n"
+"Verkkotulostimeen on sisäänrakennettu samanlainen laite.\n"
+"Käyttämien tapahtuu kolmen verkkoyhteyskäytännön avulla.\n"
"Kastso tulostimen tai tulostinpalvelimen käsikirjasta, mitä\n"
"yhteyskäytäntöä laitteesi tukee:<br>\n"
"<b>TCP-portti (AppSocket/JetDirect)</b><br>\n"
@@ -2763,95 +2651,10 @@
"verkkotulostimen tai tulostinpalvelimen mukaan.<br>\n"
"<b>Lisätietoja </b> saat osoitteesta<br>\n"
"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/network.html\n"
-"</p>"
+"</p>\n"
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7:
#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:625
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "<b><big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big></b><br>\n"
-#| "In contrast to a printserver box a print server machine\n"
-#| "means a real computer which offers a print service.<br>\n"
-#| "Access happens via various different network protocols.\n"
-#| "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n"
-#| "provides in your particular network:<br>\n"
-#| "<b>Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n"
-#| "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n"
-#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n"
-#| "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n"
-#| "to a SMB printer share.<br>\n"
-#| "A server name and a printer share name and optionally a workgroup name\n"
-#| "is needed to access it.\n"
-#| "Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n"
-#| "Have in mind that spaces and special characters in those values\n"
-#| "must be percent-encoded (see above).<br>\n"
-#| "By default CUPS runs backends (here smbspool) as user 'lp'.\n"
-#| "When printing in an Active Directory (R) environment (AD)\n"
-#| "the user 'lp' is not allowed to print in this environment\n"
-#| "so that the traditional way to print via smbspool as user 'lp'\n"
-#| "would not work.<br>\n"
-#| "For printing in an AD environment additionally\n"
-#| "the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed.\n"
-#| "In this case the CUPS backend 'smb' link\n"
-#| "is changed to <tt>/usr/bin/get_printing_ticket</tt>\n"
-#| "which is a wrapper to run smbspool as the original user\n"
-#| "who submitted a particular print job.\n"
-#| "When the Kerberos protocol is used for authentication\n"
-#| "in an AD environment, a user gets a ticket granting ticket (TGT)\n"
-#| "via the display manager during login at the Gnome or KDE desktop.\n"
-#| "When smbspool is run as the original user who submitted\n"
-#| "a particular print job, it can access the TGT of this user\n"
-#| "and use it to pass the printing data to the SMB printer share\n"
-#| "even in an AD environment with Kerberos authentication.\n"
-#| "In this case neither a fixed user name nor a fixed password\n"
-#| "has to be specified for authentication.\n"
-#| "A precondition is that get_printing_ticket runs on the same host\n"
-#| "where the user who submitted a particular print job is logged in.\n"
-#| "This means that it must be set up on the workstation\n"
-#| "for the particular user who will submit such print jobs\n"
-#| "and the user's workstation must send its printing data\n"
-#| "directly to the SMB printer share in the AD environment.\n"
-#| "In particular it does not work on a separated CUPS server machine\n"
-#| "where users who submit print jobs are not logged in.<br>\n"
-#| "For the traditional way a matching full device URI is:<br>\n"
-#| "smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printer<br>\n"
-#| "For example 'John Doe' with password '@home!' may use something like\n"
-#| "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share:<br>\n"
-#| "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n"
-#| "For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and<br>\n"
-#| "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n"
-#| "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n"
-#| "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.<br>\n"
-#| "<b>Traditional UNIX Server (LPR)</b><br>\n"
-#| "A Line Printer Daemon (LPD) runs on a traditional UNIX server\n"
-#| "and provides one or more LPD queues.\n"
-#| "The IP address and a LPD queue name is needed to access it.\n"
-#| "The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
-#| "lpd://ip-address/queue<br>\n"
-#| "<b>CUPS Server</b><br>\n"
-#| "Usually you should not set up a local print queue to access\n"
-#| "a remote queue on a CUPS server. Instead do the setup\n"
-#| "in the <b>Print Via Network</b> dialog.\n"
-#| "Only if you really know that you must set up a local print queue\n"
-#| "to access a remote queue on a CUPS server proceed here.<br>\n"
-#| "IPP is the native protocol for CUPS which runs on a server.\n"
-#| "The official IANA port for IPP is 631.\n"
-#| "The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
-#| "ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>\n"
-#| "<b>Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)</b><br>\n"
-#| "To access print queues on a Novell Netware print server,\n"
-#| "the RPM package ncpfs must be installed.\n"
-#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'novell' which runs\n"
-#| "the <tt>nprint</tt> program which actually sends the data\n"
-#| "to a Novell Netware print queue.\n"
-#| "A server name and a printer queue name is needed to access it.\n"
-#| "Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n"
-#| "The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
-#| "novell://username:password@server/queue<br>\n"
-#| "For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man nprint</tt> and\n"
-#| "the other documentation in the RPM package ncpfs.\n"
-#| "</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -3067,42 +2870,6 @@
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4:
#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:752
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "<b><big>Printing Via Network</big></b><br>\n"
-#| "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network.<br>\n"
-#| "By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n"
-#| "to make printers available via network.<br>\n"
-#| "In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n"
-#| "and accordingly on your host the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n"
-#| "which is listening for incomming information about published printers.<br>\n"
-#| "CUPS Browsing information is recieved via UDP port 631.<br>\n"
-#| "Regarding firewall:<br>\n"
-#| "Check if a firewall is active for a network zone\n"
-#| "in which printers are published via network.\n"
-#| "By default the SuSEfirewall allows any incomming information\n"
-#| "via a network interface which belongs to the 'internal zone'\n"
-#| "because this zone is trusted by default.<br>\n"
-#| "It does not make sense to do printing in a trusted internal network\n"
-#| "with a network interface which belongs to the untrusted 'external zone'\n"
-#| "(the latter is the default setting for network interfaces to be safe).\n"
-#| "In particular do not disable firewall protection for CUPS\n"
-#| "(i.e. for IPP which uses TCP port 631 and UDP port 631)\n"
-#| "for the untrusted 'external zone'.<br>\n"
-#| "To use remote printers in a trusted internal network\n"
-#| "and be protected by the firewall against unwanted access\n"
-#| "from any external network (in particular from the Internet),\n"
-#| "assign the network interface which belongs to the internal network\n"
-#| "to the internal zone of the firewall.\n"
-#| "Use the YaST Firewall setup module to do this fundamental setup\n"
-#| "to gain security plus usefulness in your network\n"
-#| "and using remote printers in a trusted internal network\n"
-#| "will work without any further firewall setup.<br>\n"
-#| "For details see the openSUSE support database\n"
-#| "article 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at<br>\n"
-#| "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n"
-#| "</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Printing Via Network</big></b><br>\n"
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-fi-3.0.0/po/rear.fi.po new/yast2-trans-fi-3.0.0/po/rear.fi.po
--- old/yast2-trans-fi-3.0.0/po/rear.fi.po 2013-09-16 12:37:10.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-fi-3.0.0/po/rear.fi.po 2013-09-26 16:43:57.000000000 +0200
@@ -2,68 +2,58 @@
# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
# Finnish message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
# Copyright (C) 2003 SuSE Linux AG.
-# Jyri Palokangas , 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008.
#
+# Jyri Palokangas , 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2013.
+# Harri Miettinen , 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-21 10:19+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas \n"
-"Language-Team: Suomi \n"
-"Language: \n"
+"Language-Team: Finnish \n"
+"Language: fi\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xrear module
#: src/clients/rear.rb:54
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Configuration of drbd"
msgid "Configuration of Rear"
-msgstr "Drbd:n määritys"
+msgstr "Rear-määritys"
#. command line help text for 'configure' action
#: src/clients/rear.rb:67
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Change the IrDA configuration"
msgid "Change the Rear configuration"
-msgstr "Muuta IrDA:n määritystä"
+msgstr "Muuta Rear-määritystä"
#: src/clients/rear.rb:73
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Output:"
msgid "Output"
-msgstr "Tuloste:"
+msgstr "Tuloste"
#: src/clients/rear.rb:74
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "New URL:\n"
msgid "Netfs URL"
-msgstr "Uusi verkko-osoite:\n"
+msgstr "Netfs verkko-osoite"
#. Dialog shown, when system is not supported by rear
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:85
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "This scanner is not supported by the driver %1."
msgid "This system is not supported by rear, because:"
-msgstr "Ohjain %1 ei tue tätä kuvanlukijaa."
+msgstr "Tämä järjestelmä ei ole rearin tukema, koska:"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:90
msgid "Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you ignore this warning."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ÄLÄ odota luodun varmuuskopion olevan käyttökelpoinen järjestelmän palautukseen, jos ohitat tämän varoituksen."
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:104
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "This scanner is not supported."
msgid "This system is not supported."
-msgstr "Tämä kuvanlukija ei ole tuettu."
+msgstr "Tämä järjestelmä ei ole tuettu."
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:108
msgid "&Ignore and continue"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&Älä välitä ja jatka"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:109 src/include/rear/ui.rb:153
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:253
@@ -72,147 +62,119 @@
#. store original value of directories for the case that the users clicks cancel
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:143
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgid "Additional Directories to Backup"
-msgstr "Valittavat lisätuotteet"
+msgstr "Varmuuskopioitavat lisähakemistot"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:152 src/include/rear/ui.rb:252
msgid "&OK"
msgstr "&OK"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:171
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Cache Directory"
msgid "Choose Directory"
-msgstr "Välimuistihakemisto"
+msgstr "Valitse hakemisto"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:199
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Cannot read configuration file."
msgid "Cannot write rear configuration file."
-msgstr "Määritystiedoston lukeminen ei onnistu."
+msgstr "Kirjoittaminen Rear-määritystiedostoon ei onnistu."
#. store original value of modules for the case that the users clicks cancel
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:221
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&No Additional YaST Modules"
msgid "Additional Kernel Modules"
-msgstr "&Ei lisättyjä YaST-moduuleja"
+msgstr "Lisäydin-moduulit"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:228
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Available Modules"
msgid "Available Modules in current System:"
-msgstr "Käytettävissä olevat moduulit"
+msgstr "Järjestelmässä olevat moduulit:"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:245
msgid "Modules added to Rescue System:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Pelastusjärjestelmään lisätyt moduulit:"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:250
msgid "Modules are sorted in the order they were loaded."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Moduulit on järjestetty lataamisjärjestyksessä"
#. Dialog to run rear
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:327
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Preparing for Image Creation"
msgid "Preparing for Rear Execution."
-msgstr "Valmistellaan levykuvan luontia"
+msgstr "Valmistellaan Rearin suoritusta."
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:348
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Running KInternet..."
msgid "Running rear..."
-msgstr "Suoritetaan KInternet..."
+msgstr "Suoritetaan rear..."
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:372
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "DBI Execution failed: %s."
msgid "Execution failed with return value %1."
-msgstr "DBI-suoritus epäonnistui: %s."
+msgstr "Suoritus epäonnistui ja palautti virheen: %1."
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:381
msgid "Finished. You are strongly advised to test the created backup."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Valmis. On erittäin suositeltavaa testata luotu varmuuskopio."
#. For translators: Caption of the dialog
#. The whole sequence
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:416 src/include/rear/ui.rb:680
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Printer Configuration"
msgid "Rear Configuration"
-msgstr "Tulostinmääritykset"
+msgstr "Rear määritys"
#. help text for Rear
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:419
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p>Here, configure an infrared interface (<b>IrDA</b>) for your computer.</p>"
msgid "<p>Configure Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) backup for your computer.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Määritä tässä tietokoneesi (<b>IrDA</b>) infrapunasovitin.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Määritä Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) varmuuskopiointi.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:422
msgid "<p>Decide how to start your <b>Recovery System</b>. Choose USB if you want to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Päätä miten haluat käynnistää <b>Palautusjärjestelmän</b>. Valitse USB jos haluat käynnistää USB-tikulta tai ISO jos taas CD-ROMilta.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425
msgid "<p>Choose where the <b>Backup</b> should be stored. Select NFS if you have to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Päätä minne <b>varmuuskopio</b> tallennetaan. Valitse NFS mikäli käytät palvelinta joka tarjoaa NFS-tiedostojärjestelmän. Määritä tallennuspolku seuraavasti: <tt>nfs://konenimi/hakemisto</tt>. Voit myös valita USB:n tallentaaksesi varmuuskopion USB-tikulle.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:428
msgid "<p>If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click <b>Rescan USB Devices</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Jos USB-laitteita ei näytetä, liitä USB-tikku tai USB-levy ja napsauta <b>Tunnista USB-laitteet uudestaan</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:431
msgid "<p>Select <b>Keep old backup</b> if you don't want the previous backup copy to be overwritten.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Valitse <b>Pidä vanha varmuuskopio</b> jos et halua ylikirjoittaa edellistä varmuuskopioa.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434
msgid "<p>The <b>Advanced</b> menu offers to add <b>additional directories to the backup</b> and <b>additional kernel modules to the rescue system</b>. That's only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p><b>Edistynyt</b> valikko tarjoaa mahdollisuuden <b>lisätä hakemistoja varmuuskopioon</b> ja <b>lisätä ydinmoduuleja pelastusjärjestelmään</b>. Tämä on käytännöllistä vain jos varmuuskopiosi ei sisällä kaikkia tarpeellisia hakemistoja ja pelastusjärjestelmä ei käynnisty puuttuvista ydinmoduuleista johtuen.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:437
msgid "<p>The <b>Save and run rear now</b> button runs rear and shows rear's output. <strong>Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your system!</strong></p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p><b>Tallenna ja suorita rear nyt</b>-painike suorittaa rear:in ja näyttää rearin tulosteen. <strong>Varmista että luotu varmuuskopio toimii järjestelmässäsi kuten sen pitäisi!</strong></p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:440
msgid "<p><b>OK</b> saves the configuration and quits while <b>Cancel</b> closes the configuration dialog without saving.<p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p><b>OK</b> tallentaa määrityksen ja lopettaa, kun taas <b>Keskeytä</b> sulkee määrityksen ilman tallentamista.<p>"
#. prepare advanced menu
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:459
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Additional Repositories"
msgid "Additional Directories in Backup"
-msgstr "Täydentävät asennuslähteet"
+msgstr "Varmuuskopioon lisättävät hakemistot"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:462
msgid "Additional Kernel Modules in Rescue System"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ytimen lisämoduuleja pelastusjärjestelmään"
#. prepare main dialog
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:472
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Verify System"
msgid "Recovery System"
-msgstr "Varmista järjestelmä"
+msgstr "Palauta järjestelmä"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:480
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Media"
msgid "&Boot Media"
-msgstr "&Tietoväline"
+msgstr "&Käynnistysmedia"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:490
msgid "Backup"
msgstr "Varmuuskopiointi"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:498
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Backup"
msgid "&Backup Media"
-msgstr "&Varmuuskopiointi"
+msgstr "&Varmuuskopio-media"
#. this flag ensures that the combox is correctly
#. refilled when the USB/NFS combobox is changed
@@ -222,16 +184,12 @@
msgstr "&Sijainti"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:517
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Date of backup:"
msgid "&Keep old backup"
-msgstr "Varmuuskopion päivänmäärä:"
+msgstr "&Pidä vanha varmuuskopio"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:521
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Rescan Devices"
msgid "Rescan USB Devices"
-msgstr "Luetaan laitteet uudestaan"
+msgstr "Tunnista USB-laitteet uudestaan"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:529
msgid "Advanced"
@@ -239,68 +197,56 @@
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:531
msgid "Save and run rear now"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tallenna ja suorita rear nyt"
#. set settings according to options read from config file.
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:551
msgid "BACKUP is set to an unknown value.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "BACKUP on asetettu tuntemattomaan arvoon.\n"
#. choose selected option or fallback to "ISO" if nothing is set
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:564
msgid "OUTPUT is set to an unknown value.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "OUTPUT on asetettu tuntemattomaan arvoon.\n"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:581
msgid "NETFS_URL is set to an unknown value or in wrong format.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "NETFS_URL on asetettu tuntemattomaan arvoon tai se on väärässä muodossa.\n"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:590
msgid "Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot configure.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Rear-määritystiedostosi sisältää valintoja joita tämä YaST2-moduuli ei pysty määrittämään.\n"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:595
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Do you want to immediately remove these sources?"
msgid "Do you want to continue and overwrite these settings?"
-msgstr "Haluatko poistaa nämä lähteet heti?"
+msgstr "Haluatko jatkaa ja ylikirjoittaa nämä määritykset?"
#. open run rear dialg, if usb boot medium is selected show a warning
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:640
msgid "Your USB medium will be overwritten. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "USB-media ylikirjoitetaan. Haluatko jatkaa?"
#. true: read-only
#. Rear read dialog caption
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:691
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading the Configuration"
msgid "Reading Rear Configuration"
-msgstr "Luetaan asetukset"
+msgstr "Luetaan Rear-määritys"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgid "Analyzing system"
-msgstr "Tutkitaan järjestelmää..."
+msgstr "Järjestelmän tutkiminen"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading user settings..."
msgid "Reading rear settings"
-msgstr "Luetaan käyttäjän asetuksia..."
+msgstr "Luetaan rear-asetuksia..."
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgid "Analyzing system..."
msgstr "Tutkitaan järjestelmää..."
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading user settings..."
msgid "Reading rear settings..."
-msgstr "Luetaan käyttäjän asetuksia..."
+msgstr "Luetaan rear-asetuksia..."
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
msgid "Finished"
@@ -310,34 +256,26 @@
#. returns error message if system is not supported
#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:56 src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:77
msgid "Cannot figure out which bootloader is used."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ei pystytä päättelemään mikä käynnistyslatain on käytössä."
#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:68
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgid "Bootloader %1 is used."
-msgstr "Käynnistyslataajan valinnat"
+msgstr "Käynnistyslatain %1 on käytössä."
#. check devices
#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:106
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Device size is invalid."
msgid "Device %1 is iscsi."
-msgstr "Laitteen koko ei kelpaa."
+msgstr "Laite %1 on iscsi."
#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:118
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Device path"
msgid "Device %1 is multipath."
-msgstr "Laitepolku"
+msgstr "Laite %1 on multipath-laite."
#. check partitions
#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:134
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Partition Mounted"
msgid "Partition %1 is mounted by uuid."
-msgstr "Liitetty osio"
+msgstr "Osion %1 on liitetty uuid:llä."
#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:151
msgid "Partition %1 uses an unsupported filesystem (%2)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Osio %1 käyttää tukematonta tiedostojärjestelmää (%2)."
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-fi-3.0.0/po/samba-server.fi.po new/yast2-trans-fi-3.0.0/po/samba-server.fi.po
--- old/yast2-trans-fi-3.0.0/po/samba-server.fi.po 2013-09-16 12:36:27.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-fi-3.0.0/po/samba-server.fi.po 2013-09-26 16:43:14.000000000 +0200
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: samba-server.fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:25+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-20 13:27+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-21 10:22+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Jyri Palokangas \n"
"Language-Team: Finnish \n"
"Language: fi\n"
@@ -604,10 +604,8 @@
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:931
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "SSL Support"
msgid "Snapper Support"
-msgstr "SSL-tuki"
+msgstr "Snapper-tuki"
#. translators: dialog caption
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:940
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-fi-3.0.0/po/status.txt new/yast2-trans-fi-3.0.0/po/status.txt
--- old/yast2-trans-fi-3.0.0/po/status.txt 2013-09-16 12:37:20.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-fi-3.0.0/po/status.txt 2013-09-26 16:44:07.000000000 +0200
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-Translated : 18557
-Fuzzy : 64
-Untranslated : 31
+Translated : 18652
+Fuzzy : 0
+Untranslated : 0
--------------------
All strings : 18652
-99 % are translated
+100 % are translated
++++++ yast2-trans-fr-3.0.0.tar.bz2 ++++++
++++ 4839 lines of diff (skipped)
++++++ yast2-trans-he-3.0.0.tar.bz2 ++++++
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/crowbar.he.po new/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/crowbar.he.po
--- old/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/crowbar.he.po 2013-09-10 12:08:38.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/crowbar.he.po 2013-09-26 16:49:00.000000000 +0200
@@ -7,8 +7,8 @@
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: xxx \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-20 20:41+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Ys \n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew \n"
"Language: he\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -19,31 +19,25 @@
#. Command line help text for the Xcrowbar module
#: src/clients/crowbar.rb:56
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Configuration of IrDA"
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
-msgstr "הגדרות IrDA"
+msgstr "הגדרות Crowbar"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:71
msgid "Password for Crowbar Administrator"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "סיסמא עבור מנהל Crowbar"
# Label: get same password again for verification
# Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#. help text
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:75
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reenter the password for &verification:"
msgid "<p>Enter the password for Crowbar administrator.</p>"
-msgstr "הקישו את הסיסמה שוב ל&אישור:"
+msgstr "<p>הכנס סיסמא עבור מנהל Crowbar.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:97
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Root Password"
msgid "Repeat the Password"
-msgstr "סיסמת Root"
+msgstr "חזור על הסיסמא"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:104
@@ -53,7 +47,7 @@
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:113
msgid "Bonding Policy"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "מדיניות קשר"
#. table header
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:139
@@ -62,121 +56,107 @@
# heading text
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:140
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "DASD Address"
msgid "Subnet Address"
-msgstr "כתובת DASD"
+msgstr "כתובת רשת משנה"
# Commandline option help
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:141
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Network mask"
msgid "Network Mask"
-msgstr "Network mask"
+msgstr "מסיכת רשת"
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:142
msgid "VLAN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "VLAN"
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:159
msgid "Use VLAN"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "השתמש ב VLAN"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:169
msgid "VLAN ID"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "מזהה VLAN"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:179
msgid "Router"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "נתב"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:201
msgid "Subnet"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "רשת משנה"
# Commandline option help
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:224
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Network mask"
msgid "Netmask"
-msgstr "Network mask"
+msgstr "מסיכת רשת"
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:246
msgid "Broadcast"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "שידור"
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:256
msgid "Add Bridge"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "הוסף גשר"
#. push button label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:265
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Edit Server..."
msgid "&Edit Ranges..."
-msgstr "ערוך שרת..."
+msgstr "&ערוך טווחים..."
# popup text
#. error popup
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:391
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
-#| "Try again.\n"
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
-"על הסיסמה להיות באורך של לפחות %1 תווים.\n"
-"נסו שוב.\n"
+"הסיסמאות לא תואמות.\n"
+" נסו שוב."
#. table entry (VLAN status)
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:426
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Disabled"
msgid "disabled"
-msgstr "בטל שימוש"
+msgstr "מבוטל"
# Popup text
#. error popup
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Modem IP address is invalid."
msgid ""
"The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
-msgstr "כתובת ה IP של המודם לא תקינה."
+msgstr ""
+"מסיכת הרשת '%1' לא תקינה.\n"
+" %2"
# Popup text
#. error popup
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:540
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Modem IP address is invalid."
msgid ""
"The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
-msgstr "כתובת ה IP של המודם לא תקינה."
+msgstr ""
+"כתובת ה-IP '%1' לא תקינה.\n"
+" %2"
# Popup text
#. error popup
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:552
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Modem IP address is invalid."
msgid ""
"The router address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
-msgstr "כתובת ה IP של המודם לא תקינה."
+msgstr ""
+"כתובת הנתב '%1' לא תקינה.\n"
+" %2"
#. error popup
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:564
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "כתובת נתב '%1' היא לא חלק מרשת '%2'"
#. popup message
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:585
@@ -184,58 +164,50 @@
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
msgstr ""
+"כמה טווחי כתובת הם לא חלק מרשת '%1'.\n"
+" התאם אותם בעזרת כפתור 'ערוך טווחים'."
# TextEntry label
#. inputfield label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:687
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Modem &IP Address"
msgid "Min IP Address"
-msgstr "כתובת IP של המו&דם"
+msgstr "כתובת IP מינימלית"
# TextEntry label
#. inputfield label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Modem &IP Address"
msgid "Max IP Address"
-msgstr "כתובת IP של המו&דם"
+msgstr "כתובת IP מקסימלית"
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:761
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "הכתובת '%1' היא לא חלק מרשת '%2'."
#. error message
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:777
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "הכתובת הנמוכה ביותר צריכה להיות נמוכה מהכותבת הגבוהה ביותר."
#. error message
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:810
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "טווחים '%1' ו '%2' חופפים."
#. tab header
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:841
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Installation Settings"
msgid "Administration Settings"
-msgstr "הגדרות התקנה"
+msgstr "הגדרות ניהול"
# Selection box item
#. tab header
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:851
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Network card"
msgid "Network Mode"
-msgstr "כרטיס רשת"
+msgstr "מצב רשת"
#. tab header
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:861
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Network"
msgid "Networks"
-msgstr "רשת"
+msgstr "רשתות"
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:925
@@ -245,54 +217,44 @@
"\n"
"You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/"
msgstr ""
+"מנהל שרת ענן SUSE נפרס. שינון רשת\n"
+" לא נתמך.\n"
+" \n"
+" את/ה יכול/ה לבקר בממשק המקוון של Crowbar ב http://%1:3000/"
# DSL overview dialog caption
#. default dialog caption
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:943
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "DSL configuration overview"
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
-msgstr "סקירה כללית של הגדרת ה DSL"
+msgstr "סקירת הגדרות Crowbar"
# DSL read dialog help 1/2
#. Read dialog help
#: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:37
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<P><B><BIG>Initializing DSL Configuration\n"
-#| "</BIG></B><BR>Please wait...<BR></P>"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Crowbar Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P><B><BIG>מאתחל הגדרת DSL\n"
-"</BIG></B><BR>אנא המתינו...<BR></P>"
+"<p><b><big>מאתחל הגדרות Crowbar</big></b><br>\n"
+" אנא המתן...<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help
#: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:41
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Creating a New Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-#| "</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Crowbar Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>יצירת הגדרות חדשות</big></b><br>\n"
-"</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>שומר הגדרות Crowbar</big></b><br>\n"
+" אנא המתן...<br></p>\n"
#. Overview dialog help
#: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:45
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-#| "</p>"
msgid ""
"<p><b>Crowbar Configuration Overview</b>\n"
"<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>FTP הגדרות שרת</big></b><br>\n"
-"</p>"
+"<p><b>סקירת הגדרות Crowbar</b>\n"
+"<br></p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help
#: src/include/crowbar/helps.rb:49
@@ -302,13 +264,15 @@
"configuration and on using this YaST module.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+" ראה את מדריך פריסת ענן SUSE לפרטים על הגדרות\n"
+" הרשת ועל שימוש במודל YaST זה.\n"
+"</p>"
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/crowbar/wizards.rb:89
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgid "Crowbar Configuration"
-msgstr "הגדרות חומרה"
+msgstr "הגדרות Crowbar"
# static text
# Initial dialog contents
@@ -319,27 +283,21 @@
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:114
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
-msgstr "הגדרות חומרה"
+msgstr "מאתחל הגדרות Crowbar"
# Commandline help title
#. Progress stage
#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:125
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Remote configuration"
msgid "Read the configuraton"
-msgstr "הגדרה מרוחקת"
+msgstr "קרא הגדרות"
# Commandline help title
# Routing dialog caption
#. Progress step
#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:129
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reading configuration file..."
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
-msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות.."
+msgstr "קורא הגדרות..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
@@ -349,10 +307,8 @@
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:183
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
-msgstr "הגדרות חומרה"
+msgstr "שומר הגדרות Crowbar"
#. Progress stage 1/2
#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:194
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/dirinstall.he.po new/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/dirinstall.he.po
--- old/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/dirinstall.he.po 2013-09-10 12:08:33.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/dirinstall.he.po 2013-09-26 16:48:55.000000000 +0200
@@ -7,8 +7,8 @@
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: xxx \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-20 10:20+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Ys \n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew \n"
"Language: he\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -20,9 +20,8 @@
# Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s)
#. Command line help text for the dirinstall module
#: src/clients/dirinstall.rb:29
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Installation into Directory"
-msgstr "שרת התקנה:"
+msgstr "התקנה לתוך ספרייה"
# static text
# Initial dialog contents
@@ -34,97 +33,87 @@
#. progress bar item
#: src/clients/dirinstall.rb:56
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Initialize the Software Manager"
-msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..."
+msgstr "מאתחל מנהל תוכנות"
#. progress bar item
#: src/clients/dirinstall.rb:58
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Select Software"
-msgstr "בחר לעדכון"
+msgstr "בחר תוכנות"
#. progress bar item
#: src/clients/dirinstall.rb:60
msgid "Initialize the Target System"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "אתחל מערכת מטרה"
#. progress bar item
#: src/clients/dirinstall.rb:65
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing the Software Manager..."
-msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..."
+msgstr "מאתחל מנהל תוכנות..."
# Popup text
# Progress step 1/4
#. progress bar item
#: src/clients/dirinstall.rb:67
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Selecting Software..."
-msgstr "מאתר מודמים..."
+msgstr "בוחר תוכנות..."
#. progress bar item
#: src/clients/dirinstall.rb:69
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Initializing the Target System..."
-msgstr "מאתחל-אנא המתן..."
+msgstr "מאתחל מערכת מטרה..."
#. progres bar label
#. progres bar label
#: src/clients/dirinstall.rb:80 src/include/dirinstall/ui.rb:85
msgid "Please wait..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "אנא המתן..."
#. error report
#: src/clients/dirinstall.rb:100
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Could not read package information."
-msgstr "לא יכל ליצור את הספריה"
+msgstr "לא ניתן לקרא מידע חבילה."
#. screen title for installation into directory options
#: src/clients/dirinstall_options.rb:26
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Directory Install Options"
-msgstr "בצע התקנה"
+msgstr "אפשרויות התקנה לספרייה"
#. text entry
#: src/clients/dirinstall_options.rb:38
msgid "&Root Directory (not \"/\"):"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&ספרייה ראשית (לא \"/\"):"
#. check box
#: src/clients/dirinstall_options.rb:46
msgid "Run &YaST and SuSEconfig on First Boot"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "הרץ &YaST וSuSEconfig באתחול ראשוני"
#: src/clients/dirinstall_options.rb:54
msgid "Get Software Selection from AutoYaST Profile"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "קח בחירת תוכנות מפרופיל AutoYaST"
#. text entry
#: src/clients/dirinstall_options.rb:63
msgid "&AutoYaST Profile"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "פרופיל &AutoYaST"
# main dialog: Button Create partition
#. check box
#: src/clients/dirinstall_options.rb:78
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Create Ima&ge"
-msgstr "&צור"
+msgstr "צור תמו&נה"
# label text
#. text entry
#: src/clients/dirinstall_options.rb:84
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Ima&ge Name:"
-msgstr "שם הכרך:"
+msgstr "שם תמו&נה:"
#. text entry
#: src/clients/dirinstall_options.rb:91
-#, fuzzy
msgid "&Image Directory:"
-msgstr "ספריית תמונה Boot "
+msgstr "&ספריית תמונה:"
#. push button
#: src/clients/dirinstall_options.rb:97
@@ -137,6 +126,8 @@
"<p>Choose a directory to which to install. Depending on the software selection, make sure\n"
"enough space is available.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>בחר ספרייה להתקין. בהתאם לבחירת התוכנות, וודא\n"
+" שיש מספיק שטח בכונן.</p>\n"
#. help text for dirinstall options 2/2
#: src/clients/dirinstall_options.rb:111
@@ -144,6 +135,8 @@
"<p>Additionally, you can create an archive image of the directory using tar. To create an \n"
"image, specify the name and the location in the respective fields.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>בנוסף, ניתן ליצור תמונת ארכיון בעזרת tar. כדי ליצור\n"
+" תמונה, ציין שם ומיקום בשדות המתאימים.</p>\n"
#. directory selection header
#: src/clients/dirinstall_options.rb:152
@@ -152,7 +145,7 @@
#: src/clients/dirinstall_options.rb:166
msgid "Select AutoYaST Profile"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "בחר פרופיל AutoYaST"
#. warning text when selecting packages. %1 is a list of package names
#: src/clients/dirinstall_options.rb:225
@@ -160,15 +153,17 @@
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
+"חבילות אילו לא נמצאו במאגרי התוכנה:\n"
+" %1"
#: src/clients/dirinstall_options.rb:267
msgid "Failed to read the AutoYaST profile."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "כישלון בעת קריאת פרופיל AutoYaST"
#. popup message
#: src/clients/dirinstall_options.rb:278
msgid "Specify a root directory. This does not mean /"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "בחר ספרייה ראשית. זה לא מתכוון ל /"
#. this is a heading
#: src/clients/dirinstall_options_proposal.rb:62
@@ -184,87 +179,75 @@
#. progress stages
#: src/clients/inst_dirinstall_finish.rb:33
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Finalize system configuration"
-msgstr "כותב את הגדרות המערכת"
+msgstr "מסיים הגדרות מערכת"
#. progress stages
#: src/clients/inst_dirinstall_finish.rb:35
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
-msgstr "מכין מערכת לבוט ראשוני"
+msgstr "הכן מערכת לאתחול ראשוני"
# popup heading
#. progress stage
#: src/clients/inst_dirinstall_finish.rb:43
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Create image file"
-msgstr "יצור כרך לוגי"
+msgstr "יוצר קובץ תמונה"
# Help text for last dialog of base installation
#. help text
#: src/clients/inst_dirinstall_finish.rb:51
-#, fuzzy
msgid "<p>Please wait while the system is being configured.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"נא להמתין בזמן הגדרת המערכת.\n"
-"</b>"
+msgstr "<p>"
#. Headline for last dialog of base installation: Install LILO etc.
#: src/clients/inst_dirinstall_finish.rb:55
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Finishing Directory Installation"
-msgstr "מסיים התקנה בסיסית"
+msgstr "מסיים התקנה לספרייה"
#. progress title
#: src/clients/inst_dirinstall_finish.rb:66
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Configuring installed system"
-msgstr "העתק קבצים למערכת שהותקנה"
+msgstr "מגדיר מערכת מותקנת"
#. progress title
#: src/clients/inst_dirinstall_finish.rb:149
msgid "Building directory image..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "בונה תמונת ספרייה..."
#. progress bar item
#: src/include/dirinstall/ui.rb:65
msgid "Finish the Software Manager"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "סיים מנהל תוכנות"
#. progress bar item
#: src/include/dirinstall/ui.rb:67
msgid "Clean Up"
-msgstr "נקיון"
+msgstr "נקה"
#. progress bar item
#: src/include/dirinstall/ui.rb:72
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Finishing the Software Manager..."
-msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..."
+msgstr "מסיים מנהל תוכנות..."
#. progress bar item
#: src/include/dirinstall/ui.rb:74
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Cleaning up..."
-msgstr "נקיון"
+msgstr "מנקה..."
#. progres bar label
#: src/include/dirinstall/ui.rb:79
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Finishing..."
-msgstr "פינית"
+msgstr "מסיים..."
#. Proposal for dirinstall installation
#: src/modules/DirInstall.rb:94
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Target Directory: %1"
-msgstr "בחר ספריה"
+msgstr "ספריית מטרה: %1"
#. Proposal for backup during update
#: src/modules/DirInstall.rb:103
msgid "Run YaST and SuSEconfig at First Boot: %1"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "הרץ YaST ו SuSEconfig באתחול ראשוני: %1"
#. part of label in proposal
#: src/modules/DirInstall.rb:107 src/modules/DirInstall.rb:119
@@ -279,14 +262,13 @@
# to translators: * create VG system
#. Proposal for dirinstall installation
#: src/modules/DirInstall.rb:118
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Create Image: %1"
-msgstr "צור VG %1"
+msgstr "צור תמונה: %1"
#. Proposal for dirinstall installation
#: src/modules/DirInstall.rb:127
msgid "Load software selection from %1"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "טען בחירת תוכנה מ %1"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Directory Installation"
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/firewall-services.he.po new/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/firewall-services.he.po
--- old/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/firewall-services.he.po 2013-09-10 12:08:29.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/firewall-services.he.po 2013-09-26 16:48:52.000000000 +0200
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: Ys\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-21 11:15+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Ys \n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew \n"
"Language: he\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -237,9 +237,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:175
-#, fuzzy
msgid "VNC mini-HTTP server"
-msgstr "שרת"
+msgstr "שרת "
#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:178
@@ -258,9 +257,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:187
-#, fuzzy
msgid "vsftpd Server"
-msgstr "שרת"
+msgstr "שרת vsftpd"
#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), used as a common label or an item in table
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:190
@@ -269,9 +267,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:193
-#, fuzzy
msgid "NIS Client"
-msgstr "לקוחות"
+msgstr "לקוח NIS"
#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), used as a common label or an item in table
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:196
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/live-installer.he.po new/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/live-installer.he.po
--- old/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/live-installer.he.po 2013-09-10 12:08:36.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/live-installer.he.po 2013-09-26 16:40:41.000000000 +0200
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-04 10:04+0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-20 22:30+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Yevgney\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew \n"
"Language: he\n"
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
-msgstr "אל תשתמש בדיסק %1"
+msgstr "אל תשתמש בכונן %1"
# label text
#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/mouse.he.po new/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/mouse.he.po
--- old/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/mouse.he.po 2013-09-10 12:08:30.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/mouse.he.po 2013-09-26 16:48:52.000000000 +0200
@@ -1,25 +1,27 @@
# Hebrew message file for YaST2 (@memory@).
# Copyright (C) 2004 SuSE Linux AG.
#
+# Yevgney, 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: xxx \n"
-"Language-Team: Hebrew \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-19 20:26+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Ys \n"
+"Language-Team: Hebrew \n"
"Language: he\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
+"X-Poedit-Bookmarks: 24,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,26\n"
#. test_button = `PushButton( `id(`apply), _("&Test") );
#: src/clients/inst_mouse.rb:61
msgid "Choose your &mouse type from the list"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "בחר את סוג ה&עכבר מהרשימה"
# different help text when called after installation
# in an installed system
@@ -27,18 +29,13 @@
#. help texts
#. ------------------------------------------
#: src/clients/inst_mouse.rb:75
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "Choose the new <b>language</b> for your system.\n"
-#| "</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>mouse type</b> of the mouse attached to your computer.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"בחרו את <b>השפה</b> החדשה עבור מחשבכם.\n"
+"בחר את <b>סוג העכבר</b> המחובר למחשבך\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/clients/inst_mouse.rb:83
@@ -48,6 +45,10 @@
"move, hit the <b><i>Tab</i></b> key (maybe repeatedly) until it does.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"השתמש בלחצני החיצים לבחור עכבר. אם פס הבחירה לא\n"
+"זז, לחץ על לחצן <b><i>Tab</i></b> (כנראה שכמה פעמים) עד שהפס זז.\n"
+"</p>\n"
#: src/clients/inst_mouse.rb:93
msgid ""
@@ -56,163 +57,164 @@
"described in the manual.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"במידה ותבחרו <b>כלום</b>, תשמשו במקלדת כפי\n"
+" שמתואר במדריך השימוש.\n"
+"</p>"
#: src/clients/inst_mouse.rb:102
msgid "Mouse configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "הגדרות עכבר"
# Commandline help title
#. ==========================================
#. the command line description
#. ------------------------------------------
#: src/clients/mouse.rb:55
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Mouse configuration."
-msgstr "הגדרה מרוחקת"
+msgstr "הגדרות עכבר."
# Commandline command help
#: src/clients/mouse.rb:62
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Mouse configuration summary."
-msgstr "הצגת תקציר ההגדרות"
+msgstr "סיכום הגדרות עכבר."
#. ==========================================
#. print mouse configuration summary
#. ------------------------------------------
#: src/clients/mouse.rb:102
msgid "Current Mouse Type: %1"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "סוג עכבר מחובר: %1"
#. ==========================================
#. check if no mouse is connected
#. ------------------------------------------
#: src/clients/mouse.rb:146
msgid "No mouse connected to the system..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "אין עכבר המחובר למערכת..."
# progress stages
#. progress step title
#: src/clients/mouse_finish.rb:88
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Saving mouse configuration..."
-msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..."
+msgstr "שומר הגדרות עכבר..."
#. ===================================================
#. Handle proposal description...
#. ---------------------------------------------------
#: src/clients/mouse_proposal.rb:83
msgid "Mouse"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "עכבר"
#: src/clients/mouse_proposal.rb:84
msgid "&Mouse"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "&עכבר"
#. map
#: src/include/mouse/mouse_raw.rb:16
msgid "PS/2 mouse (Aux-port)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "עכבר PS/2 (Aux-port)"
#: src/include/mouse/mouse_raw.rb:27
msgid "Microsoft compatible serial mouse - (ttyS0 - COM1)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "עכבר מותאם טורי Microsoft - (ttyS0 - COM1)"
#: src/include/mouse/mouse_raw.rb:37
msgid "Microsoft compatible serial mouse - (ttyS1 - COM2)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "עכבר מותאם טורי Microsoft - (ttyS1 - COM2)"
#: src/include/mouse/mouse_raw.rb:47
msgid "Microsoft Intellimouse - 3 buttons and wheel - (ttyS0 - COM1)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "עכבר Microsoft Intellimouse - 3 לחצנים וגלגל - (ttyS0 - COM1)"
#: src/include/mouse/mouse_raw.rb:57
msgid "Microsoft Intellimouse - 3 buttons and wheel - (ttyS1 - COM2)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "עכבר Microsoft Intellimouse - 3 לחצנים וגלגל - (ttyS1 - COM2)"
#: src/include/mouse/mouse_raw.rb:67
msgid "Mouse Systems serial mouse - (ttyS0 - COM1)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "עכבר טורי של Mouse Systems - (ttyS0 - COM1)"
#: src/include/mouse/mouse_raw.rb:77
msgid "Mouse Systems serial mouse - (ttyS1 - COM2)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "עכבר טורי של Mouse Systems - (ttyS1 - COM2)"
#: src/include/mouse/mouse_raw.rb:87
msgid "Mouse Man protocol (serial Logitech mouse) - (ttyS0 - COM1)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "פרוטוקול Mouse Man (עכבר טורי Logitech) - (ttyS0 - COM1)"
#: src/include/mouse/mouse_raw.rb:97
msgid "Mouse Man protocol (serial Logitech mouse) - (ttyS1 - COM2)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "פרוטוקול Mouse Man (עכבר טורי Logitech) - (ttyS1 - COM2)"
#: src/include/mouse/mouse_raw.rb:107
msgid "Old Logitech serial mouse (series 9) - (ttyS0 - COM1)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "עכבר סידורי ישן מסוג Logitech (series 9) - (ttyS0 - COM1)"
#: src/include/mouse/mouse_raw.rb:117
msgid "Old Logitech serial mouse (series 9) - (ttyS1 - COM2)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "עכבר סידורי ישן מסוג Logitech (series 9) - (ttyS1 - COM2)"
#: src/include/mouse/mouse_raw.rb:127
msgid "Logitech busmouse"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "עכבר Logitech busmouse"
#: src/include/mouse/mouse_raw.rb:137
msgid "Sun Mouse - (/dev/sunmouse)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "עכבר Sun - (/dev/sunmouse)"
#: src/include/mouse/mouse_raw.rb:147
msgid "Oldest 2-button serial mouse - (ttyS0 - COM1)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "עכבר דו-לחצני סידורי ישן (ttyS0 - COM1)"
#: src/include/mouse/mouse_raw.rb:157
msgid "Oldest 2-button serial mouse - (ttyS1 - COM2)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "עכבר דו-לחצני סידורי ישן - (ttyS1 - COM2)"
#: src/include/mouse/mouse_raw.rb:167
msgid "Microsoft busmouse"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "עכבר Microsoft Busmouse"
#: src/include/mouse/mouse_raw.rb:177
msgid "ATI XL busmouse"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "עכבר ATI XL Busmouse"
#: src/include/mouse/mouse_raw.rb:187
msgid "Plug-and-Play mice - (ttyS0 - COM1)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "עכבר הכנס והפעל - (ttyS0 - COM1)"
#: src/include/mouse/mouse_raw.rb:197
msgid "Plug-and-Play mice - (ttyS1 - COM2)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "עכבר הכנס והפעל - (ttyS1 - COM2)"
#: src/include/mouse/mouse_raw.rb:207
msgid "USB mouse"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "עכבר USB"
#: src/include/mouse/mouse_raw.rb:218
msgid "Intelli/Wheel mouse (Aux-port)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "עכבר Intelli/Wheel (Aux-port)"
#: src/include/mouse/mouse_raw.rb:229
msgid "Intelli/Wheel mouse (USB)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "עכבר Intelli/Wheel (USB)"
#: src/include/mouse/mouse_raw.rb:240
msgid "IntelliMouse Explorer (ps2)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "עכבר IntelliMouse Explorer {PS/2)"
#: src/include/mouse/mouse_raw.rb:251
msgid "IntelliMouse Explorer (USB)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "עכבר IntelliMouse Explorer (USB)"
#: src/include/mouse/mouse_raw.rb:262
msgid "NONE "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "כלום"
#. save translated label text
#: src/modules/Mouse.rb:399
msgid "Probe"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "בדיקה"
# help text, continued
#, fuzzy
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/multipath.he.po new/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/multipath.he.po
--- old/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/multipath.he.po 2013-09-10 12:08:32.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/multipath.he.po 2013-09-26 16:48:54.000000000 +0200
@@ -8,15 +8,15 @@
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-18 17:35+0300\n"
-"Last-Translator: Ys\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-20 20:53+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Ys \n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew \n"
"Language: he\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
+"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
# caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
#. Command line help text for the Xmultipath module
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:378 src/modules/Multipath.rb:387
#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:398
msgid "Status"
-msgstr "סטטוס"
+msgstr "מצב"
#. Disable configure tab during installation
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:251
@@ -525,9 +525,8 @@
#. restart multipathd
#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:299
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Restarting multipathd failed."
-msgstr "התקנה נכשלה"
+msgstr "הפעלה מחדש של multipathd נכשלה."
#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:423 src/modules/Multipath.rb:432
msgid "Ignore your modification?"
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/qt.he.po new/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/qt.he.po
--- old/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/qt.he.po 2013-09-10 12:08:29.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/qt.he.po 2013-09-26 16:40:41.000000000 +0200
@@ -7,8 +7,8 @@
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 11:08+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-05 19:41+0300\n"
-"Last-Translator: Ys \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-20 22:25+0300\n"
+"Last-Translator: Yevgney\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew \n"
"Language: he\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
#. Translators: Please keep this short!
#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:182
msgid "Disk Usage"
-msgstr "שימוש בדיסק"
+msgstr "שימוש בכונן"
#. columnLabels << _("Used"); _usedSizeCol = numCol++;
#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:185
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
"You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n"
"Switch left and right mouse buttons?"
msgstr ""
-"לחצת על הלחצן הימיני למרות שציפינו ללחיצה שמאלית.\n"
+"לחצת על הלחצן הימני למרות שציפינו ללחיצה שמאלית.\n"
"להחליף לחצנים ימין ושמאל?"
#. Popup dialog caption
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
"press Shift-F4 again to switch back to normal colors."
msgstr ""
"עובר ללוח צבעים עבור משתמשים לקויי ראייה -\n"
-"לחץ Shift-f4 לחזור לצבעים רגילים."
+"לחץ Shift-F4 לחזור לצבעים רגילים."
# label text
#. Translators: This is a very short warning that the CapsLock key
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
#. Layouts for the buttons
#: src/YQWizard.cc:282
msgid "Release Notes..."
-msgstr "הערות שחרור"
+msgstr "הערות שחרור..."
#. "Steps" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut
#: src/YQWizard.cc:1267
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/samba-users.he.po new/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/samba-users.he.po
--- old/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/samba-users.he.po 2013-09-10 12:08:38.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/samba-users.he.po 2013-09-26 16:49:00.000000000 +0200
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-13 12:49+0300\n"
-"Last-Translator: Ys \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-21 15:49+0300\n"
+"Last-Translator: Yevgney\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew \n"
"Language: he\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78
msgid "<b>Home Drive</b>, <b>Home Path</b>, <b>Profile Path</b>, and <b>Logon Script</b> "
-msgstr "<b>כונן בית</b>, <b>נתיב תיקיית הבית</b>, <b>נתיב הפרופיל של המשתמש</b>, ו <b>סקריפט התחברות</b>"
+msgstr "<b>כונן בית</b>, <b>נתיב תיקיית הבית</b>, <b>נתיב הפרופיל של המשתמש</b>, ו <b>תסריט התחברות</b>"
#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81
msgid "the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used.</p>"
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
#. translators: logon is the Windows synonym for login
#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:162
msgid "Logon Script"
-msgstr "סקריפט התחברות"
+msgstr "תסריט התחברות"
#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:185
msgid "Samba Account Disabled"
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/status.txt new/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/status.txt
--- old/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/status.txt 2013-09-16 11:27:25.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/status.txt 2013-09-26 16:49:02.000000000 +0200
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-Translated : 1993
-Fuzzy : 6074
-Untranslated : 10585
+Translated : 2114
+Fuzzy : 6019
+Untranslated : 10519
--------------------
All strings : 18652
11 % are translated
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/system-profile.he.po new/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/system-profile.he.po
--- old/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/system-profile.he.po 2013-08-01 17:09:39.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-he-3.0.0/po/system-profile.he.po 2013-09-26 16:48:55.000000000 +0200
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:33+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-21 08:38+0300\n"
-"Last-Translator: Ys \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-20 22:26+0300\n"
+"Last-Translator: Yevgney\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew \n"
"Language: he\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
#: src/texts.ycp:90
msgid "<p>Linux driver development is prioritized according to hardware popularity. You can submit your system profile to a community database to influence this work.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>פיתוח מנהלי התקנים עבור לינוקס נמצא בסדר עדיפויות בהתאם לפופולריות של החומרה.ניתון לשלוח מידע מערכת למאגר קהילתי כדי להשפיע על עבודה זו.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>פיתוח מנהלי התקנים עבור לינוקס נמצא בסדר עדיפויות בהתאם לפופולריות של החומרה.ניתן לשלוח מידע מערכת למאגר קהילתי כדי להשפיע על עבודה זו.</p>"
#: src/texts.ycp:91
msgid "<p>To keep your system profile updated in this database, activate sending the data monthly.</p>"
++++++ yast2-trans-nb-3.0.0.tar.bz2 ++++++
++++ 2416 lines of diff (skipped)
++++++ yast2-trans-pl-3.0.0.tar.bz2 ++++++
++++ 19420 lines of diff (skipped)
++++++ yast2-trans-pt_BR-3.0.0.tar.bz2 ++++++
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-pt_BR-3.0.0/po/samba-server.pt_BR.po new/yast2-trans-pt_BR-3.0.0/po/samba-server.pt_BR.po
--- old/yast2-trans-pt_BR-3.0.0/po/samba-server.pt_BR.po 2013-09-16 11:33:44.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-pt_BR-3.0.0/po/samba-server.pt_BR.po 2013-09-26 16:47:37.000000000 +0200
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:25+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-05 09:18-0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-16 22:36-0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n"
"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n"
"Language: pt_BR\n"
@@ -602,10 +602,8 @@
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:931
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "SSL Support"
msgid "Snapper Support"
-msgstr "Suporte SSL"
+msgstr "Suporte ao Snapper"
#. translators: dialog caption
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:940
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-pt_BR-3.0.0/po/snapper.pt_BR.po new/yast2-trans-pt_BR-3.0.0/po/snapper.pt_BR.po
--- old/yast2-trans-pt_BR-3.0.0/po/snapper.pt_BR.po 2013-09-10 15:55:56.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-pt_BR-3.0.0/po/snapper.pt_BR.po 2013-09-26 16:48:14.000000000 +0200
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-05 09:18-0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-16 22:35-0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Luiz Fernando Ranghetti \n"
"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n"
"Language: pt_BR\n"
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@
#. Snapper read dialog caption
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:322
msgid "Initializing Snapper"
-msgstr "Initializando Snapper"
+msgstr "Inicializando o Snapper"
#. Progress stage 1/3
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:333
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-pt_BR-3.0.0/po/status.txt new/yast2-trans-pt_BR-3.0.0/po/status.txt
--- old/yast2-trans-pt_BR-3.0.0/po/status.txt 2013-09-16 11:34:46.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-pt_BR-3.0.0/po/status.txt 2013-09-26 16:48:39.000000000 +0200
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-Translated : 18276
-Fuzzy : 251
+Translated : 18277
+Fuzzy : 250
Untranslated : 125
--------------------
All strings : 18652
++++++ yast2-trans-ru-3.0.0.tar.bz2 ++++++
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-ru-3.0.0/po/ca-management.ru.po new/yast2-trans-ru-3.0.0/po/ca-management.ru.po
--- old/yast2-trans-ru-3.0.0/po/ca-management.ru.po 2013-09-18 14:45:26.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-ru-3.0.0/po/ca-management.ru.po 2013-09-26 17:02:03.000000000 +0200
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: ca-management.ru\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:34+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-17 19:53+0400\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-18 22:44+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev \n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"Language: ru\n"
@@ -1244,7 +1244,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384
msgid "<p>To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select <b>Repeated recreation and export</b>. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in <b>Periodic interval</b>. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the <b>Security Information</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Для настройки повторного создания CRL выберите <b>Повтор создания и экспорта</b>. Укажите интервал повторного создания в поле <b>Интервал периода</b>. Если вы укажете интервал в 24 часа, то сможете выбрать час для экспорта. Убедитесь, что вы прочитали и поняли раздел <b>Информация о безопасности</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387
msgid "<p>You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in <b>Export to local file</b> and <b>Export to LDAP</b>.</p>"
@@ -2207,6 +2207,8 @@
"The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n"
"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names."
msgstr ""
+"Имя узла этого сервера (команда: hostname --long) должно соответствовать\n"
+"либо общему имени сертификата (CN), либо одному из значений альтернативных имён."
#. popup window header
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-ru-3.0.0/po/rear.ru.po new/yast2-trans-ru-3.0.0/po/rear.ru.po
--- old/yast2-trans-ru-3.0.0/po/rear.ru.po 2013-09-18 14:46:00.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-ru-3.0.0/po/rear.ru.po 2013-09-26 17:02:37.000000000 +0200
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (rear)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-16 23:00+0400\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-18 23:29+0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Alexander Melentev \n"
"Language-Team: Russian \n"
"Language: ru\n"
@@ -120,31 +120,31 @@
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:422
msgid "<p>Decide how to start your <b>Recovery System</b>. Choose USB if you want to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Определите способ запуска <b>Системы восстановления</b>. Выберите USB, если хотите загружаться с USB-брелка, либо ISO для CD-ROM соответственно.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425
msgid "<p>Choose where the <b>Backup</b> should be stored. Select NFS if you have to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Выберите место хранения <b>Резервной копии</b>. Укажите NFS, если вы используете сервер, предлагающий сетевую файловую систему. Укажите расположение следующим образом: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. Также вы можете указать USB для хранения резервной копии на USB-брелке или USB-диске.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:428
msgid "<p>If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click <b>Rescan USB Devices</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Если не показывается ни одного устройства USB, подключите USB-брелок или USB-диск и нажмите <b>Пересканировать USB-устройства</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:431
msgid "<p>Select <b>Keep old backup</b> if you don't want the previous backup copy to be overwritten.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Выберите <b>Сохранить старую резервную копию</b>, если не хотите, чтобы предыдущая резервная копия была перезаписана.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434
msgid "<p>The <b>Advanced</b> menu offers to add <b>additional directories to the backup</b> and <b>additional kernel modules to the rescue system</b>. That's only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Меню <b>Advanced</b> предлагает добавить <b>Дополнительные каталоги для резервного копирования</b> и <b>Дополнительные модули ядра в системе восстановления</b>. Это полезно только для случаев, когда ваша резервная копия не содержит всех необходимых каталогов или система восстановления не загружается из-за отсутствующих модулей ядра.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:437
msgid "<p>The <b>Save and run rear now</b> button runs rear and shows rear's output. <strong>Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your system!</strong></p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>Кнопка <b>Сохранить и запустить rear</b> запускает rear и показывает его вывод. <strong>Обязательно проверьте, что созданная резервная копия работает на вашей системе должным образом!</strong></p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:440
msgid "<p><b>OK</b> saves the configuration and quits while <b>Cancel</b> closes the configuration dialog without saving.<p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p><b>OK</b> сохраняет настройки перед выходом, а <b>Отмена</b> закрывает диалог настроек без сохранения.<p>"
#. prepare advanced menu
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:459
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-ru-3.0.0/po/status.txt new/yast2-trans-ru-3.0.0/po/status.txt
--- old/yast2-trans-ru-3.0.0/po/status.txt 2013-09-18 14:46:12.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-ru-3.0.0/po/status.txt 2013-09-26 17:02:50.000000000 +0200
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-Translated : 18643
+Translated : 18652
Fuzzy : 0
-Untranslated : 9
+Untranslated : 0
--------------------
All strings : 18652
100 % are translated
++++++ yast2-trans-tg-3.0.0.tar.bz2 ++++++
++++ 4802 lines of diff (skipped)
++++++ yast2-trans-zh_CN-3.0.0.tar.bz2 ++++++
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-zh_CN-3.0.0/po/ncurses-pkg.zh_CN.po new/yast2-trans-zh_CN-3.0.0/po/ncurses-pkg.zh_CN.po
--- old/yast2-trans-zh_CN-3.0.0/po/ncurses-pkg.zh_CN.po 2013-09-10 13:08:59.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-zh_CN-3.0.0/po/ncurses-pkg.zh_CN.po 2013-09-26 16:45:25.000000000 +0200
@@ -13,8 +13,8 @@
"Project-Id-Version: packages\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 11:09+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-03 19:34+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-19 14:57+0800\n"
+"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
"Language: zh_CN\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -30,10 +30,8 @@
#. text above of list of all package versions
#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:982
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "List all available languages."
msgid "List of all available package versions:"
-msgstr "列出所有可用的语言。"
+msgstr "列出全部可用软件包版本:"
#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1095
msgid "&Packages with Status"
@@ -56,7 +54,7 @@
#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous
#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1274 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596
msgid "packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:"
-msgstr "软件包以解决依赖关系:"
+msgstr "个软件包以解决依赖关系:"
#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1297
msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system."
@@ -116,29 +114,27 @@
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:80
msgid "Orphaned"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "孤立"
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:83
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Unneeded Patches"
msgid "Unneeded"
-msgstr "不需要的补丁"
+msgstr "不再需要"
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203
msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option <b>Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages</b> from <b>Dependencies</b> menu has to be set."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "这是一个有用软件包的列表。若新安装的软件包推荐了它们,则将附加安装它们。要获得已安装软件包推荐的软件包,需设置<b>依赖关系</b>菜单下的<b>安装已安装软件包的推荐软件包</b>选项。"
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207
msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "推荐安装这些软件包,因为它们适合已安装的软件包。是否安装它们由用户决定。"
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211
msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "解析器检测到这些软件包背后没有软件源,即无法更新。"
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215
msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "这些软件包可能不再需要了,因为之前的依赖关系不再适用了。"
#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65
msgid "Delete"
@@ -154,7 +150,7 @@
#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:71
msgid "Taboo"
-msgstr "禁用"
+msgstr "禁手"
#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:73
msgid "Protected"
@@ -172,7 +168,7 @@
#: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178
#, c-format
msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for <b>%s</b> locale"
-msgstr "<b>%s</b> 区域的翻译、字典和其它语言相关文件"
+msgstr "<b>%s</b> 区域的翻译、词典和其它语言相关文件"
#. the label of the selections
#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:319
@@ -200,10 +196,8 @@
msgstr "安装摘要"
#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:87
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Package &Relations"
msgid "Package Classification"
-msgstr "包关系(&R)"
+msgstr "软件包分类"
#: src/NCPkgFilterPattern.cc:183
#, c-format
@@ -284,7 +278,7 @@
#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:76
msgid "Ta&boo [!]"
-msgstr "禁止(&b) [!]"
+msgstr "禁手(&B) [!]"
#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:77
msgid "&Lock [*]"
@@ -334,10 +328,8 @@
msgstr "不安装(&D) [-]"
#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:106
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Lock [*]"
msgid "&Lock or Taboo [!]"
-msgstr "锁定(&L) [*]"
+msgstr "锁定或禁手(&L) [!]"
#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:81
msgid "Launch &Repository Manager"
@@ -380,22 +372,16 @@
msgstr "立即校验系统(&V)"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
-msgstr "忽略已安装的软件包的推荐软件包(&I)"
+msgstr "安装已安装软件包的推荐软件包(&I)"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages"
msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)"
-msgstr "删除软件包时清理(&C)"
+msgstr "删除软件包时清理(&C) (临时修改)"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:106
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "&Allow vendor change"
msgid "&Allow Vendor Change (Temporary Change)"
-msgstr "允许厂商变更(&A)"
+msgstr "允许变更厂商(&A) (临时修改)"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:110
msgid "&Generate Dependency Solver Testcase"
@@ -403,7 +389,7 @@
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:143
msgid "All package dependencies are OK."
-msgstr "全部软件包依赖关系都正确。"
+msgstr "全部软件包依赖关系都满足。"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:180
msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to "
@@ -412,14 +398,12 @@
#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:249
msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "为满足已安装软件包的依赖关系,"
#. part 2 of the text
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:251
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:"
-msgstr "没有选择任何要安装的包。"
+msgstr "个软件包已被自动选中并将被安装:"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:265
msgid "System dependencies verify OK."
@@ -462,10 +446,8 @@
#. _( "Re&levant Patches" )
#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:74
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Installed Patches"
msgid "&Installed Patches"
-msgstr "已安装的补丁"
+msgstr "已安装补丁(&I)"
#. _( "&Satisfied Patches" ) );
#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:76
@@ -491,7 +473,7 @@
#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:71
msgid "&General Help"
-msgstr "通用帮助(&G)"
+msgstr "常规帮助(&G)"
#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:74
msgid "&Package Status and Symbols"
@@ -503,7 +485,7 @@
#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:80
msgid "&Useful Functions in Menu"
-msgstr "菜单中有用的功能(&U)"
+msgstr "菜单中好用的功能(&U)"
#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:84
msgid "&Patch Status and Patch Installation"
@@ -627,10 +609,8 @@
msgstr "提供"
#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:72
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Required by:"
msgid "Required by"
-msgstr "有需要的对象:"
+msgstr "被需要"
#. menu entry 2 - display different kinds of info on pkgs
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:64
@@ -665,68 +645,37 @@
#. the headline of the help window
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:114
msgid "General Help"
-msgstr "通用帮助"
+msgstr "常规帮助"
#. part1 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<h3>Welcome to the package selector</h3><p>This tool will help you to manage\n"
-#| "the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single\n"
-#| "packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or\n"
-#| "languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when\n"
-#| "installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters, package table<b> and <b>menu</b>.</p>"
msgid "<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> and <b>menu</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<h3>欢迎使用软件包选择器</h3><p>本工具将帮助您管理系统中的软件。您可安装、更新或者删除单一软件包、整个软件集 (服务于特定目的的一系列软件包) 或语言。通常安装或移除软件包时您都不需要关心软件包依赖关系——解决器会帮您处理。软件包选择器包括三个主要部分:<b>过滤器、软件包表<b>和<b>菜单</b>。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>欢迎使用软件包选择器</b></p><p>本工具将帮助您管理您系统上的软件。您可以安装、更新或者移除单一软件包、整个软件集 (服务于特定目的的一套软件包) 或语言。通常,在安装或移除任何东西时您都不需要关心软件包依赖关系 -- 解决器会帮您搞定。软件包选择器包括三个主要部分:<b>过滤器</b>、<b>软件包表</b>和<b>菜单</b>。</p>"
#. part of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Filters</b> (left panel) are designed for easy orientation in a large\n"
-#| "amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain\n"
-#| "repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development)\n"
-#| "or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>"
msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>过滤器</b> (左面板)设计用于在大量软件包中方便定位。使用过滤器来只显示出自特定软件源的软件包或者所选软件集中的软件包(例如,游戏或 C/C++ 开发)或者搜索特定关键字。关于过滤器的更多信息可见<i>过滤器用法</i>。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>左边面板上的<b>过滤器</b>设计用于方便在大量软件包中定位。使用过滤器来只显示出自特定软件源或所选软件集中 (例如,游戏或 C/C++ 开发) 的软件包或搜索特定关键字。更多关于过滤器的信息可在<i>过滤器用法</i>中找到。</p>"
#. additional help text for post installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You\n"
-#| "will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the\n"
-#| "selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:</p>"
msgid "<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>软件包表</b>是软件包选择器的主要部件。您将看到匹配当前过滤规则的软件包列表 (例如,所选 RPM 组或者搜索结果)。软件包表的每一行分为几栏:</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>软件包表</b>是软件包选择器的主要部件。您将看到一个列表的匹配当前过滤规则 (例如,所选 RPM 组或者搜索结果) 的软件包。软件包表的每一行均分为几列:</p>"
#. part2 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and\n"
-#| "Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available\n"
-#| "version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed\n"
-#| "version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>"
msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>"
-msgstr "<ol><li>软件包状态(更多信息见 <i>软件包状态和符号</i>)</li><li>软件包名称</li><li>软件包摘要</li><li>可用版本(在已配置的软件源中)</li><li>已安装版本(尚未安装则为空)</li><li>软件包大小</li></ol>"
+msgstr "<ol><li>软件包状态 (更多信息见 <i>软件包状态和符号</i>)</li><li>软件包名称</li><li>软件包摘要</li><li>可用版本 (在已配置的软件源中)</li><li>已安装版本 (尚未安装则为空)</li><li>软件包大小</li></ol>"
#. part3 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151
msgid "<p>The <b>Actions</b> menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>).</p>"
-msgstr "<p>表格下方的<b>动作</b>菜单可更改所选 (或列表中全部) 软件包的状态,例如,删除一个软件包或者选择安装一个额外的软件包。也可按菜单项中指定的键来更改状态 (软件包状态详情,参见<i>软件包状态和符号</i>)。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>表格下方的<b>动作</b>菜单可修改所选 (或列表中全部) 软件包的状态,例如,删除一个软件包或者选择安装一个额外的软件包。也可按菜单项中指定的键来更改状态 (软件包状态详情,参见<i>软件包状态和符号</i>)。</p>"
#. part4 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package\n"
-#| "dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like\n"
-#| "opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful Functions in Menu</i>.</p>"
msgid "<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful Functions in Menu</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>菜单</b>提供了软件包依赖关系处理的相关功能。如显示软件包相关信息或执行如打开软件源编辑器等动作等。\n"
-"更多信息,参见<i>菜单中有用的功能</i>。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>菜单</b>提供了同处理软件包依赖关系相关的功能。如显示软件包相关信息或执行像打开软件源编辑器等动作等。更多信息,请见<i>菜单中好用的功能</i>。</p>"
#. the headline of the help window
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165
@@ -735,33 +684,23 @@
#. part 1 of help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the keys\n"
-#| "specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional\n"
-#| "package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be\n"
-#| "installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>"
msgid "<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>可用<i>动作</i>菜单或菜单项中指定的按键更改软件包的状态。例如,用 '+' 安装一个额外的软件包。</p><p>\"禁止\"状态意味着应永不安装该软件包。反之,\"锁定\"状态意味着应总是保留某软件包已安装的版本。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>可用<i>动作</i>菜单或菜单项中指定的按键修改软件包状态。例如,用 '+' 安装一个额外的软件包。</p><p>\"禁手\" 状态意味着永远不应安装该软件包。反之,\"锁定\" 状态意味着应总是保持某软件包已安装的版本。</p>"
#. part 2 of help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package\n"
-#| "status. The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>"
msgid "<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status. The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>"
-msgstr "<p>您也可用<b>回车</b>或者<b>空格</b>来切换软件包状态。<i>动作</i> 菜单也可更改列表中全部软件包的状态 (选择 \"全部列出的软件包\")。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>您也可用<b>回车</b>或者<b>空格</b>来切换软件包状态。<i>动作</i>菜单也允许您修改列表中全部软件包的状态 (选择 \"全部列出的软件包\")。</p>"
#. part 3 of help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185
msgid "<p>The meaning of the status flags:</p>"
-msgstr "<p>状态标志含义:</p>"
+msgstr "<p>状态旗标含义:</p>"
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192
msgid "<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p><p><b>a+ </b>: package will be installed automatically</p><p><b> > </b>: package will be updated</p><p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p><p><b> i </b>: package is installed</p><p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p><p><b>---</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b> + </b>:将安装软件包</p><p><b>a+ </b>:将自动安装软件包</p><p><b> > </b>:将更新软件包</p><p><b>a> </b>:将自动更新软件包</p><p><b> i </b>:已安装软件包</p><p><b> - </b>:将删除软件包</p><p><b>---</b>:永不安装此软件包 (禁用)</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b> + </b>:将安装软件包</p><p><b>a+ </b>:将自动安装软件包</p><p><b> > </b>:将更新软件包</p><p><b>a> </b>:将自动更新软件包</p><p><b> i </b>:已安装软件包</p><p><b> - </b>:将删除软件包</p><p><b>---</b>:永不安装此软件包 (禁手)</p>"
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199
@@ -775,120 +714,61 @@
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Filters</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to\n"
-#| "the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages) or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>"
msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>过滤器>允许您根据所选条件过滤全部可用软件包。软件包过滤器基于软件包属性 (软件源、RPM 组),软件包「容器」(软件集、语言),或搜索结果。从下拉列表中选择中意的过滤器。特种过滤器描述见下。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>过滤器</b>允许您根据所选条件过滤全部可用软件包。软件包过滤器基于软件包属性 (软件源、RPM 组)、软件包「容器」(软件集、语言)、软件包分类或搜索结果。从下拉列表中选择中意的过滤器。特种过滤器描述见下。</p>"
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have\n"
-#| "(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of\n"
-#| "packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may\n"
-#| "have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</p>"
msgid "<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>软件集</b>描述了某系统应拥有的特性和功能 (例如,X 服务器或控制台工具)。每个软件集都携带了一系列需要的软件包(必须有),推荐的软件包(应该有),和建议的软件包(可以有)。若您选择安装、更新或删除软件集,会运行解决器并修改相应从属软件包的状态。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>软件集</b>描述了某系统应拥有的特性和功能 (例如,X 服务器或控制台工具)。每个软件集都囊括了一系列其需要的软件包 (必须有)、推荐的软件包 (应该有) 和建议的软件包 (可以有)。若您选择安装、更新或删除软件集,会运行解决器并相应变更从属软件包的状态。</p>"
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They\n"
-#| "contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific\n"
-#| "files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers\n"
-#| "that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a\n"
-#| "property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The\n"
-#| "<b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific repository. </p>"
msgid "<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The <b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific repository. </p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>语言</b>是非常像软件集的软件包容器。它们携带了所选语言的翻译、字典和其它语言相关文件的软件包。\n"
-"<b>RPM 组</b> 不是可以安装的软件包容器。相反,某个 RPM 组的成员资格是软件包自身的属性。RPM 组是分层结构 (树形) 的。\n"
-"<b>软件源</b>过滤器显示了来自特定软件源的软件包。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>语言</b>是非常像软件集的软件包容器。它们囊括了一种所选语言的翻译、字典和其它语言相关文件软件包。<b>RPM 组</b>不是可以安装的软件包容器。相反,某特定 RPM 组的成员资格是软件包自身的一项属性。RPM 组是分层结构 (树形) 的。<b>软件源</b>过滤器显示了来自特定软件源的软件包。</p>"
#. help text package search
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for\n"
-#| "the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the\n"
-#| "expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or\n"
-#| "requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button.</p>"
msgid "<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>要使用<b>搜索</b>过滤器,请输入关键字 (或一部分关键字) 并开始搜索,例如使用 \"3d\" 来搜索所有 3D 软件包。您也可搜索软件包描述、RPM 提供、或 RPM 需要,只需选择适当的复选框并点击 '搜索' 按钮。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>要使用<b>搜索</b>过滤器,请输入关键字 (或一部分关键字) 开始软件包搜索。例如,使用 \"3d\" 表达式来搜索全部 3D 软件包。您也可搜索软件包描述、RPM 提供、或 RPM 需要,只需选择恰当的复选框并点击 '搜索' 按钮即可。</p>"
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose\n"
-#| "status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or\n"
-#| "removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver.</p>"
msgid "<p>The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter <b>Package Classification</b> provides information about <i>Recommended</i>, <i>Suggested</i>, <i>Orphaned</i> and <i>Unneeded</i> packages.</p>"
-msgstr "<b>安装摘要</b>显示在本会话中状态发生改变的软件包的概览 (例如,标记安装或移除),这些改变可以是用户指定的,也可以是解决器自动做出的。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>安装摘要</b>呈现了在此会话中状态发生改变的软件包的概览 (例如,标记安装或移除),这些改变可以是用户指定的,也可以是解决器自动做出的。<b>软件包分类</b>过滤器提供了关于<i>推荐</i>、<i>建议</i>、<i>孤立</i>和<i>不再需要</i>的软件包的信息。</p>"
#. label for an error popup
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248
msgid "Useful Functions in Menu"
-msgstr "菜单中有用的功能"
+msgstr "菜单中好用的功能"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>Dependencies:</b> This menu offers various actions related to the\n"
-#| "handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change (<i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> is on). You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'.</p>"
msgid "<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>依赖关系:</b> 这个菜单提供了许多与软件包依赖关系处理有关的动作。默认情况下,每次更改状态都将检查软件包依赖关系。(开启<i>自动检查依赖关系</i>时) 有软件包冲突将在一个对话框中通知您,并提议可能的冲突解决方案。要解决冲突,可选择其提供的一种解决方案并按 '好 -- 重试'。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>依赖关系:</b><br>这个菜单提供了许多与软件包依赖关系处理有关的动作。默认情况下,每次状态变化都将检查软件包依赖关系。有软件包冲突将在一个对话框中通知您,并提出可能的冲突解决方案。要解决冲突,可选择其提供的一种解决方案并按 '好 -- 重试'。</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle <i>Automatic\n"
-#| "Dependency Check</i> off. You can check dependencies manually by selecting\n"
-#| "<i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry will check\n"
-#| "package dependencies and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing\n"
-#| "packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use\n"
-#| "<i>Generate Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies\n"
-#| "data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is\n"
-#| "usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>"
msgid "<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle <i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>要禁用每次更改状态时的依赖关系检查,可切换<i>自动依赖关系检查</i>为关。\n"
-"您可选择<i>立即检查依赖关系</i> 手动检查依赖关系。\n"
-"<i>校验系统</i>项将校验软件包依赖关系并不交互地解决冲突,有必要时会标记并自动安装缺失的软件包。\n"
-"调试请用<i>生成依赖关系解决器试例</i>。这将转储软件包依赖关系数据到 <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt> 目录。\n"
-"当您在 Bugzilla 上被要求提供 \"解决器试例\"时,这通常就是您需要的。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>要禁用每次状态变化时的依赖关系检查,可切换<i>自动依赖关系检查</i>为关。您可选择<i>立即检查依赖关系</i>手动检查依赖关系。<i>校验系统</i>项将检查已安装软件包的依赖关系并无交互地解决冲突,有必要时会标记并自动安装缺失的软件包。调试请用<i>生成依赖关系解决器试例</i>。这将转储软件包依赖关系数据到 <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt> 文件夹。当您在 Bugzilla 上被要求提供 \"解决器试例\" 时,这通常就是您需要的。</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are: <i>System Verification Mode</i> (monitor and repair dependencies of already installed packages and solve immediately), <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i> (remove dependent unused packages) and <i>Allow vendor change</i> (package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package). Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is on (if desired uncheck the option).</p>"
msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages</i>: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These option are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>依赖关系检查的可用选项有:<i>系统校验模式</i> (监视和立即修复已安装软件包的依赖关系),<i>删除软件包时清理</i> (删除未使用的依赖软件包) 和<i>允许厂商变更</i> (软件包厂商可与已安装软件包的厂商不同)。请注意:在使用<i>立即校验系统</i> 检查完系统后,将开启<i>系统校验模式</i>选项 (若需要请手动取消该选项)。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>依赖关系检查的可用选项有:<br><i>自动检查依赖关系</i> (见上),<i>安装已安装软件包的推荐软件包</i>:若为开,也将安装已安装软件包的推荐软件包,<i>系统校验模式</i>:修复已安装软件包的依赖关系并立即解决。请注意:在使用<i>立即校验系统</i>检查完系统后,<i>系统校验模式</i>选项将是开着的 (若需要请反选该选项)。这些选项保存在 YaST 配置文件 <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt> 中。</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272
msgid "<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>高级选项:<br><i>删除软件包时清理</i>:移除无用的依赖软件包。<i>允许变更厂商</i>:软件包厂商可以和已安装软件包的厂商不同。这些选项将不会被保存,它们只可以在软件包库的配置文件 <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt> 中设置。</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:278
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p><b>View:</b> Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>"
msgid "<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>视图:</b>选择软件包表下方窗口将显示所选软件包的哪些信息。可用选项有:软件包描述、技术数据 (版本、大小、许可等)、软件包版本(全部可用版本)、文件列表(该软件包携带的全部文件)和依赖关系(提供、需要等)。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>视图:</b><br>选择软件包表下方窗口将显示所选软件包的哪些信息。可用选项有:软件包描述、技术数据 (版本、大小、许可等)、软件包版本 (全部可用版本)、文件列表 (该软件包携带的全部文件) 和依赖关系 (提供、需要等)。</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:284
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b> this menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>"
msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>配置:</b>该菜单整合了软件包选择器与其他软件包管理工具。在此,您可<b>启动软件源管理器</b> 并编辑已配置的软件源或者注册到更新源和配置定时下载可用更新 (<b>启动在线更新配置</b>)。您也可在<b>安装软件包后的动作</b> 菜单中从三个可用软件包选择器退出行为中挑选一个。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>配置:</b><br>该菜单整合了软件包选择器与余下的软件包管理工具。在此,您可<b>启动软件源管理器</b> 并编辑已配置的软件源或注册到更新源并配置定时下载可用更新 (<b>启动在线更新配置</b>)。您也可在<b>安装软件包后的动作</b>菜单中从三个可行的软件包选择器退出行为中挑选一个。</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:289
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b> miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>"
msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>额外:</b>杂项功能放在这里。<i>导出软件包列表到文件</b>将转储已安装软件包、软件集和语言的数据到一个指定的 XML 文件。该文件稍后可被例如其它计算机上的<i>从文件导入软件包列表</b>选项读取。它将使得目标计算机的软件包序列与提供的 XML 文件中描述的状态相同。<i>显示可用磁盘空间</i> 将显示一个弹出表格,表格显示了当前挂载分区的磁盘使用率和空闲磁盘空间。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>额外:</b><br>杂项功能放在这里。<i>导出软件包列表到文件</b>将转储已安装软件包、软件集和语言的数据到一个指定的 XML 文件。该文件稍后可被例如其它计算机上的<i>从文件导入软件包列表</b>选项读取。它将使得目标计算机的软件包序列与提供的 XML 文件中描述的状态相同。<i>显示可用磁盘空间</i>将显示一个弹出表格,表格显示了当前挂载分区的磁盘使用率和空闲磁盘空间。</p>"
#. label of a frame with search settings
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:297
@@ -1075,7 +955,7 @@
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:575
msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for "
-msgstr "翻译、字典和其它语言相关文件,用于:"
+msgstr "翻译、词典和其它语言相关文件,用于:"
#. the headline of the help popup
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603
@@ -1086,31 +966,27 @@
#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text.
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:611
msgid "<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in the feature.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>关于补丁的常规信息:</p><p><b>安全</b>类的补丁解决安装问题,我们强烈推荐安装之。您也应该安装<b>推荐</b>类补丁,它们通常包含重要的故障修复。若您对新功能感兴趣也可以安装<b>功能</b>类补丁。</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will\n"
-#| "always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>"
msgid "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>将总是首先安装 \"libzypp\" 的补丁 (软件包、补丁、软件集和产品管理)。必须在第二轮才能安装其它补丁。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>总是会首先安装用于 \"libzypp\" (软件包、补丁、软件集和产品管理) 的补丁。其它补丁必须在第二轮才能安装。</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625
msgid "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b>+ </b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>状态标志含义:</p><p><b>a+</b>:预选了关乎安装的补丁。将下载并在系统上安装这些补丁。若不想要某个特定补丁,可用 '-' 反选。</p><p><b>i</b>:已满足此补丁的全部需求。</p><p><b>+</b>:您已选择安装此补丁。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>状态旗标含义:</p><p><b>a+</b>:预选了关乎安装的补丁。将下载并在系统上安装这些补丁。若不想要某个特定补丁,可用 '-' 反选。</p><p><b>i</b>:已满足此补丁的全部需求。</p><p><b>+</b>:您已选择安装此补丁。</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632
msgid "<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If you want to deselect one of the patches with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same packages is still selected and the newer packages will be installed and withit this patch is satified.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>更多关于状态的细节:<br>若有适用于某个软件包 (或一系列软件包) 但尚未应用到系统的补丁,它们全都会被预选并标记状态为 <b>a+</b>。若您想要用 '-' 反选某个补丁,其之后可能会显示为 <b>i</b> 状态。这是由于其它关系到相同软件包的补丁仍然选中着它,并且依然会安装较新软件包,虽然较新软件包中并不会有之前反选的补丁所包含的修复。"
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639
msgid "<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibilty to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menus contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<p>菜单:</p><p><b>过滤器</b>菜单允许过滤补丁,例如显示 '已安装' 的补丁或列出 '安全' 类补丁。它也提供了补丁搜索功能。<br>使用<b>动作</b>菜单修改补丁状态。<br><b>视图</b>菜单可以查看补丁将补缀哪些软件包。请注意:若将过滤器调为 '全部补丁',某些补丁的软件包列表可能为空。这意味着没有软件包会被补缀,因为需补缀的软件包都没装在系统上。<br><b>依赖关系</b>菜单收录了依赖关系检查和 '生成解决器试例' 项。</p>"
#. label for a warning popup
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:648
@@ -1151,7 +1027,7 @@
#. text for a Notify popup
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:714
msgid "<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>Really exit?</p>"
-msgstr "<p>将丢失软件包、补丁或软件集选中的全部更改。<br>真的退出吗?</p>"
+msgstr "<p>将丢失软件包、补丁或软件集选集中的全部修改。<br>真的退出吗?</p>"
#. the label of language table
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:722
@@ -1175,7 +1051,7 @@
#. (the list shows all patches which are already installed)
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:747
msgid "Installed Patches"
-msgstr "已安装的补丁"
+msgstr "已安装补丁"
#. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars!
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:755
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-zh_CN-3.0.0/po/ncurses.zh_CN.po new/yast2-trans-zh_CN-3.0.0/po/ncurses.zh_CN.po
--- old/yast2-trans-zh_CN-3.0.0/po/ncurses.zh_CN.po 2013-09-10 13:08:25.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-zh_CN-3.0.0/po/ncurses.zh_CN.po 2013-09-26 16:40:37.000000000 +0200
@@ -9,8 +9,8 @@
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 11:09+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-01 20:38+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-19 15:00+0800\n"
+"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
"Language: zh_CN\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
#. label for text field showing the selected dir
#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:84 src/NCAskForFile.cc:126
msgid "Selected Directory:"
-msgstr "所选目录:"
+msgstr "所选文件夹:"
#. label for checkbox
#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:92 src/NCAskForFile.cc:134
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:98 src/NCFileSelection.cc:667
#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:676 src/NCFileSelection.cc:687
msgid "Directory Name"
-msgstr "目录名"
+msgstr "文件夹名称"
#. stretchable = true
#. add the OK button
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:143
msgid "Directory name"
-msgstr "目录名"
+msgstr "文件夹名称"
#. column header name of the file
#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:155 src/NCFileSelection.cc:435
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-zh_CN-3.0.0/po/status.txt new/yast2-trans-zh_CN-3.0.0/po/status.txt
--- old/yast2-trans-zh_CN-3.0.0/po/status.txt 2013-09-18 15:07:39.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-zh_CN-3.0.0/po/status.txt 2013-09-26 16:46:19.000000000 +0200
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-Translated : 18568
-Fuzzy : 58
-Untranslated : 26
+Translated : 18609
+Fuzzy : 27
+Untranslated : 16
--------------------
All strings : 18652
100 % are translated
diff -urN '--exclude=CVS' '--exclude=.cvsignore' '--exclude=.svn' '--exclude=.svnignore' old/yast2-trans-zh_CN-3.0.0/po/tv.zh_CN.po new/yast2-trans-zh_CN-3.0.0/po/tv.zh_CN.po
--- old/yast2-trans-zh_CN-3.0.0/po/tv.zh_CN.po 2013-09-10 13:08:21.000000000 +0200
+++ new/yast2-trans-zh_CN-3.0.0/po/tv.zh_CN.po 2013-09-26 16:44:50.000000000 +0200
@@ -7,20 +7,21 @@
# Novell Language , 2004, 2005.
# Thruth Wang , 2007.
# Eric Shan , 2008, 2012.
+# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: tv\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-07-22 17:35+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: Marguerite Su\n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-19 21:33+0800\n"
+"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
+"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
"Language: zh_CN\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. translators: command line help text for Tv module
#: src/clients/tv.rb:50
@@ -35,48 +36,48 @@
#. translators: command line help text for add action
#: src/clients/tv.rb:70
msgid "Add TV card. Without parameters, add the first one detected."
-msgstr "添加电视卡。如果没有参数,则添加检测到的第一块电视卡。"
+msgstr "添加电视卡。无参数则添加检测到的第一个。"
#. help text for unknown parameters
#. command line help text for 'add'
#: src/clients/tv.rb:75 src/clients/tv.rb:111
msgid "Value of the specific module parameter"
-msgstr "特定模块参数的值"
+msgstr "特定模块参数值"
#. translators: command line help text for remove action
#: src/clients/tv.rb:82
msgid "Remove TV or radio card"
-msgstr "删除电视卡或无线电卡"
+msgstr "移除电视卡或射频卡"
#. translators: command line help text for modules action
#: src/clients/tv.rb:89
msgid "List all available TV kernel modules (drivers)"
-msgstr "列出所有可用的电视内核模块(驱动程序)"
+msgstr "列出全部可用的电视内核模块(驱动)"
#. translators: command line help text for 'cards' action
#: src/clients/tv.rb:96
msgid "List supported TV models with their ID numbers"
-msgstr "列出所支持的电视型号(按其 ID 号)"
+msgstr "列出支持的电视型号和它们的 ID"
#. translators: command line help text for set action
#: src/clients/tv.rb:106
msgid "Set the new values for given card parameters"
-msgstr "设置给定声卡参数的值"
+msgstr "为给定卡参数设置新值"
#. translators: command line help text for 'show'
#: src/clients/tv.rb:118
msgid "Show the information of the given TV card"
-msgstr "显示指定电视卡的信息"
+msgstr "显示给定电视卡的信息"
#. translators: command line help text for 'irc'
#: src/clients/tv.rb:128
msgid "Enable or disable infrared control"
-msgstr "启用或禁用红外控制"
+msgstr "启用或禁用红外遥控"
#. translators: command line help text for the 'no' option
#: src/clients/tv.rb:136
msgid "TV or radio card number"
-msgstr "电机卡或无线电卡编号"
+msgstr "电机卡或射频卡编号"
#. translators: command line help text for the 'tuner' option
#: src/clients/tv.rb:143
@@ -86,32 +87,32 @@
#. translators: command line help text for the 'module' option
#: src/clients/tv.rb:150
msgid "Kernel module (driver) for the TV or radio card"
-msgstr "电视卡或无线电卡的内核模块(驱动程序)"
+msgstr "电视卡或射频卡的内核模块(驱动)"
#. translators: command line help text for the 'card' option
#: src/clients/tv.rb:157
msgid "ID of specific TV card model. Use the 'cards' command to see the list of possible values."
-msgstr "特定电视卡型号的 ID。使用\"cards\"命令来查看可能值的列表。"
+msgstr "特定电视卡型号的 ID。使用 'cards' 命令查看可行值列表。"
#. translators: command line help text for the 'radio' option
#: src/clients/tv.rb:164
msgid "List radio modules instead of TV ones"
-msgstr "列出无线电模块而非电视模块"
+msgstr "列出射频模块而非电视模块"
#. translators: command line help text for the 'enable' option
#: src/clients/tv.rb:170
msgid "Enable IRC"
-msgstr "启用红外控制"
+msgstr "启用红外遥控"
#. translators: command line help text for the 'disable' option
#: src/clients/tv.rb:176
msgid "Disable IRC"
-msgstr "禁用红外控制"
+msgstr "禁用红外遥控"
#. translators: command line help text for the 'status' option
#: src/clients/tv.rb:182
msgid "Show current status of IRC"
-msgstr "显示红外控制的当前状态"
+msgstr "显示红外遥控的当前状态"
#. error message
#: src/clients/tv.rb:255
@@ -134,24 +135,24 @@
#. do not have a good name...
#: src/clients/tv.rb:273 src/include/tv/ui.rb:1166
msgid "User-Defined Radio Card"
-msgstr "用户定义的无线电卡"
+msgstr "用户定义的射频卡"
#. error message
#: src/clients/tv.rb:281
msgid "The specified card does not exist. Probably the driver or card model is wrong."
-msgstr "指定的卡不存在。驱动程序或卡型号可能不正确。"
+msgstr "指定的卡不存在。驱动或卡型号可能不正确。"
#. error message, %1 is name
#: src/clients/tv.rb:300
msgid "The card '%1' is already configured."
-msgstr "已配置卡\"%1\"。"
+msgstr "卡 '%1' 早配置过了。"
#. error message
#. error message
#. error message
#: src/clients/tv.rb:352 src/clients/tv.rb:395 src/clients/tv.rb:419
msgid "Specify the card number."
-msgstr "指定卡号。"
+msgstr "请指定卡编号。"
#. error message, %1 is number
#. error message, %1 is number
@@ -163,7 +164,7 @@
#. list of card parameters will follow; %1 is card name, %2 driver
#: src/clients/tv.rb:434
msgid "Parameters of Card '%1' (using module %2):\n"
-msgstr "卡\"%1\"的参数(使用模块 %2):\n"
+msgstr "卡 '%1' 的参数 (使用模块 %2):\n"
#. label (current value of sound module parameter)
#: src/clients/tv.rb:457
@@ -177,19 +178,19 @@
#. command line status text
#: src/clients/tv.rb:537
msgid "Infrared control is disabled"
-msgstr "已禁用红外控制"
+msgstr "已禁用红外遥控"
#. command line status text
#: src/clients/tv.rb:542
msgid "Infrared control is enabled using module %1"
-msgstr "红外控制通过模块 %1 启用"
+msgstr "红外遥控已使用模块 %1 启用"
#. A callback function for abort
#. Header of TV Initialization Dialog
#. Title of initialization dialog
#: src/clients/tv_auto.rb:48 src/include/tv/ui.rb:2126 src/modules/Tv.rb:3608
msgid "Initializing TV and Radio Card Configuration"
-msgstr "正在初始化电视卡和无线电卡的配置"
+msgstr "正在初始化电视卡和射频卡配置"
#. internal function
#. return LIRC configuration to original state after testing
@@ -220,7 +221,7 @@
"Please wait...\n"
"<BR></P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P><B><BIG>正在初始化电视卡和无线电卡的配置</BIG></B><BR>\n"
+"<P><B><BIG>正在初始化电视卡和射频卡配置</BIG></B><BR>\n"
"请稍候...\n"
"<BR></P>\n"
@@ -233,8 +234,7 @@
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P><B><BIG>中止初始化</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-"可以按<B>中止</B>\n"
-"立即安全地中止配置工具。\n"
+"现在按<B>中止</B>可安全地中止配置工具。\n"
"</P>\n"
#. For translators: tv write dialog help
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@
"Please wait...\n"
"<BR></P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P><B><BIG>正在保存电视和无线电配置</BIG></B><BR>\n"
+"<P><B><BIG>正在保存电视卡和射频卡配置</BIG></B><BR>\n"
"请稍候...\n"
"<BR></P>\n"
@@ -255,8 +255,8 @@
"Here, configure your TV and radio cards.\n"
"<BR></P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P><B><BIG>电视卡和无线电卡的设置</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-"在此配置电视卡和无线电卡。\n"
+"<P><B><BIG>电视卡和射频卡配置</BIG></B><BR>\n"
+"在此配置您的电视卡和射频卡。\n"
"<BR></P>\n"
#. Help: Detected cards, part 2 of 3
@@ -267,10 +267,10 @@
"not detected, press <B>Add</B> and configure the card manually.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P><B><BIG>添加电视卡或无线电卡</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-"从未配置卡的列表中选择卡。如果未检测到卡,\n"
-"请按<B>添加</B>,然后手动配置卡。\n"
-" </P>\n"
+"<P><B><BIG>添加电视卡或射频卡</BIG></B><BR>\n"
+"从未配置卡的列表中选择卡。\n"
+"若未检测到您的卡,请按<B>添加</B>并手动配置卡。\n"
+"</P>\n"
#. Help: Overview of the installed cards, part 3 of 3
#: src/include/tv/helps.rb:63
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P><B><BIG>编辑或删除</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-"要更改或删除卡的配置,请选择该卡。\n"
+"要修改或移除卡配置,请选择该卡。\n"
"然后按<B>编辑</B>或<B>删除</B>。\n"
"</P>\n"
@@ -306,9 +306,9 @@
"</P>"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
-"需要指定调谐器类型以获取有效的配置,\n"
-"请选择使用的卡,然后按<B>选择调谐器</B>。在打开的对话框中,\n"
-"选择调谐器类型。\n"
+"若您需要指定调谐器类型才能获得能工作的配置,\n"
+"请选择您的卡然后按<B>选择调谐器</B>。\n"
+"在打开的对话框中,选择调谐器类型。\n"
"</P>"
#. Help: Manual addition of a card, part 3/3
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@
"<P>\n"
"在<B>专家设置</B>中,配置要使用的\n"
"内核模块和参数。\n"
-"这是配置无线电卡所必需的。\n"
+"这是配置射频卡所必需的。\n"
"</P>\n"
#. Help: Manual addition of a card: Details, part 1/4
@@ -334,7 +334,8 @@
"<BR></P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P><B><BIG>手动选择:细节</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-"在此可以控制电视卡或无线电卡的驱动程序的所有参数。这是供专家使用的。\n"
+"在此,您可以控制您的电视卡或射频卡驱动的全部参数。\n"
+"这是供专家使用的。\n"
"<BR></P>\n"
#. Help: Manual addition of a card: Details, part 2/4
@@ -344,8 +345,8 @@
"parameters for the selected module are listed in <b>Module Parameters</p>.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"在<B>内核模块</B>中,选择卡使用的驱动程序。\n"
-"所选模块的可用参数显示在<b>模块参数</p>中。\n"
+"在<B>内核模块</B>中,选择要用于该卡的驱动。\n"
+"所选模块的可用参数列出在<b>模块参数</p>中。\n"
"</P>\n"
#. Help: Manual addition of a card: Details, part 3/4
@@ -357,10 +358,9 @@
"press <B>Reset</B>.\n"
"</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>要修改参数,请从列表中选择要更改的参数,\n"
-"在<b>参数</b>中输入值,\n"
-"然后按<b>设置</b>。要恢复参数的默认设置,\n"
-"请按<B>重置</B>。\n"
+"<P>要修改某个参数,请从列表中选择要修改的参数,\n"
+"在<b>参数</b>中输入值,然后按<b>设置</b>。\n"
+"要恢复参数的默认设置,请按<B>重置</B>。\n"
"</P>"
#. Help: Manual addition of a card: Details, part 4/4
@@ -370,8 +370,8 @@
"To select the module for your radio card, check <B>Radio Card Modules</B>.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P><B><BIG>无线电卡配置</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-"要为无线电卡选择模块,请选中<B>无线电卡模块</B>。\n"
+"<P><B><BIG>射频卡配置</BIG></B><BR>\n"
+"要为您的射频卡选择模块,请勾选<B>射频卡模块</B>。\n"
"</P>\n"
#. Help: Setup the audio of the card, part 1/3
@@ -382,9 +382,9 @@
"card, the sound card's input must be enabled. This can be done here.\n"
"<BR></P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P><B><BIG>电视卡或无线电卡的音频</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-"如果电视卡或无线电卡\n"
-"有音频输出端口,并且该端口与声卡相连,则必须启用声卡的输入端口。可在此完成该操作。\n"
+"<P><B><BIG>电视卡或射频卡的音频</BIG></B><BR>\n"
+"若您的电视卡或射频卡有音频输出并且它连接到了您的声卡,\n"
+"则必须启用声卡的输入。此处可以启用声卡的输入。\n"
"<BR></P>\n"
#. Help: Setup the audio of the card, part 2/3
@@ -395,9 +395,8 @@
"Select the sound card to which the TV or radio card is connected from the list. \n"
"</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>如果卡未与声卡相连,则请选择\n"
-"<b>未连接</b>。如果连接存在,请选择<b>已连接</b>。\n"
-"从列表中选择电视卡或无线电卡连接的声卡。\n"
+"<P>若您的卡未连接到声卡,请选择<b>未连接</b>。若有连接,请选择<b>已连接</b>。\n"
+"请从列表中选择电视卡或射频卡连接到的声卡。\n"
"</P>"
#. Help: Setup the audio of the card, part 3/3
@@ -407,8 +406,7 @@
"<b>Configure Sound Cards</b> to start the sound configuration module.\n"
"</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>如果声卡尚未配置,请按\n"
-"<b>配置声卡</b>以启动声音配置模块。\n"
+"<P>若尚未配置声卡,请按<b>配置声卡</b>启动声卡配置模块。\n"
"</P>"
#. helptext for TV Stations Dialog 1/3
@@ -418,7 +416,7 @@
"Here, see the list of TV stations defined for your system.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>电视台配置</big></b>\n"
-"在这里可以查看为系统定义的电视台的列表。</p>"
+"在这里可以查看为您的系统定义的电视台列表。</p>"
#. helptext for TV Stations Dialog 2/3
#: src/include/tv/helps.rb:171
@@ -428,10 +426,9 @@
"<b>Scan the Channels</b> to run the scan, which could find the available\n"
"TV stations for the given <b>TV Standard</b> and <b>Frequency Table</b>.</b>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>使用<b>添加</b>、<b>编辑</b>和<b>删除</b>直接在表中\n"
-"编辑各项。或者,使用\n"
-"<b>扫描频道</b>来运行扫描,这样可以按照\n"
-"指定的<b>电视标准</b>和<b>频率表</b>找到可用的电视台。</b>\n"
+"<p>使用<b>添加</b>、<b>编辑</b>和<b>删除</b>直接在表中编辑各项。\n"
+"或者,使用<b>扫描频道</b>运行扫描,这样可以按照\n"
+"给定<b>电视标准</b>和<b>频率表</b>找到可用的电视台。</b>\n"
#. helptext for TV Stations Dialog 3/3
#: src/include/tv/helps.rb:178
@@ -444,23 +441,25 @@
"<p><b><big>Infrared Control Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"In this dialog, configure the infrared control of your TV card. To skip this configuration, select <b>Do Not Use IRC</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>红外控制配置</big></b><br>\n"
-"在该对话框中,可对电视卡的红外控制进行配置。要跳过该配置,请选择<b>不使用红外控制</b>。</p>"
+"<p><b><big>红外遥控配置</big></b><br>\n"
+"在此对话框中配置您的电视卡的红外遥控。要跳过此配置,请选择<b>不使用红外遥控</b>。</p>"
#. IRC helptext 2/3
#: src/include/tv/helps.rb:191
msgid "<p>If you know which kernel module to use with your TV card, select one from the list. When <b>Show Module Description</b> is checked, also see the description of the module.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>如果您了解适用于电视卡的内核模块,请从列表中选择一个。如果选中了<b>显示模块描述</b>,还可以查看对模块的描述。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>若您知道为您的电视卡使用哪个内核模块,请从列表中选择它。\n"
+"当勾选了<b>显示模块描述</b>时,也可以看模块描述选择模块。</p>"
#. IRC helptext 3/3
#: src/include/tv/helps.rb:195
msgid "<p>Press <b>Test</b> to test your IR control.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>按<b>测试</b>对红外控制进行测试。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>请按<b>测试</b>测试您的红外遥控器。</p>"
#. error popup text
#: src/include/tv/irc_ui.rb:111
msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed."
-msgstr "启动\"lirc\"服务失败。"
+msgstr "启动 'lirc' 服务失败。"
#: src/include/tv/irc_ui.rb:115
msgid ""
@@ -473,37 +472,37 @@
#. Popup label (heading)
#: src/include/tv/irc_ui.rb:154
msgid "IRC Test"
-msgstr "红外控制测试"
+msgstr "红外遥控测试"
#. Popup label (info text)
#: src/include/tv/irc_ui.rb:157
msgid "Push the buttons of your IR controller to test its functionality."
-msgstr "按红外控制器的按钮测试其功能。"
+msgstr "请按红外遥控器的按钮测试其功能。"
#. error text
#: src/include/tv/irc_ui.rb:193
msgid "The testing application is not responding."
-msgstr "测试应用程序没有响应。"
+msgstr "测试应用程序未响应。"
#. For translators: Caption of the dialog
#: src/include/tv/irc_ui.rb:217
msgid "Infrared Control Configuration"
-msgstr "红外控制配置"
+msgstr "红外遥控配置"
#. radio button label
#: src/include/tv/irc_ui.rb:258
msgid "Do No&t Use IRC"
-msgstr "不使用红外控制(&T)"
+msgstr "不使用红外遥控(&T)"
#. radio button label
#: src/include/tv/irc_ui.rb:267
msgid "&Use IRC"
-msgstr "使用红外控制(&U)"
+msgstr "使用红外遥控(&U)"
#. frame label
#: src/include/tv/irc_ui.rb:278
msgid "IRC Settings"
-msgstr "红外控制设置"
+msgstr "红外遥控设置"
#. combobox label
#. ComboBox label:
@@ -531,16 +530,14 @@
msgid ""
"Retrieving list\n"
"of kernel module descriptions...\n"
-msgstr ""
-"正在获取\n"
-"内核模块描述列表...\n"
+msgstr "正在撷取内核模块描述列表...\n"
#. Force translation of "No tuner" string, it is in a generated file
#. which might be missing when generating .pot file
#. (see bnc#371289, esp. comment #6)
#: src/include/tv/misc.rb:27
msgid "No tuner"
-msgstr "没有调整器"
+msgstr "无调谐器"
#. table item for all other card vendors (bnc#583240)
#. translate some entries
@@ -576,7 +573,7 @@
#. @return [Object] The value of the resulting UserInput.
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:96
msgid "TV and Radio Card Configuration"
-msgstr "电视卡和无线电卡配置"
+msgstr "电视卡和射频卡配置"
#. Header of table with sound card list 1/2
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:98 src/include/tv/ui.rb:1282
@@ -599,14 +596,14 @@
"\n"
"Really configure and enable the card?\n"
msgstr ""
-"卡“%1” (或者是它的驱动) 目前被禁用。\n"
+"卡 '%1' (或它的驱动) 目前已禁用。\n"
"\n"
-"禁用的重要原因可能有:\n"
-"- 没有支持这张卡的驱动,\n"
-"- 驱动不能正确的让卡工作,\n"
-"- 系统可能会变得不稳定甚至可能僵死。\n"
+"可能出于以下重要因素才禁用了它:\n"
+"- 驱动不支持该卡,\n"
+"- 这张卡使用该驱动无法正常工作,\n"
+"- 启用该卡可能让系统不稳定或僵死。\n"
"\n"
-"确定要配置并启用这张卡吗?\n"
+"真心配置并启用该卡喵?\n"
#. The user chose [Delete] in the overview dialog
#. %1 is name of the selected card
@@ -616,8 +613,9 @@
"remove the configuration\n"
"of %1?"
msgstr ""
-"确实要\n"
-"删除 %1 的配置吗?"
+"真心移除配置\n"
+"%1\n"
+"喵?"
#. SelectionBox label:
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:286
@@ -632,7 +630,7 @@
#. For translators: The user chose [OK] but did not select a tuner
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:328
msgid "Select your tuner."
-msgstr "选择调谐器。"
+msgstr "请选择您的调谐器。"
#. For translators: Header of the dialog
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:348
@@ -673,10 +671,8 @@
"Select the exact type from\n"
"the list in the following dialog."
msgstr ""
-"所选的卡未提供\n"
-"用于自动检测的完整信息。\n"
-"请从以下对话框中\n"
-"选择确切的类型。"
+"所选卡没有为自动检测提供完整信息。\n"
+"请从下面对话框中的列表里选择确切的类型。"
#. label, %1 is tuner type
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:523
@@ -687,30 +683,26 @@
#. message popup
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:569 src/include/tv/ui.rb:592
msgid "Select your card."
-msgstr "选择卡。"
+msgstr "请选择您的卡。"
#. message popup
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:599
msgid ""
"No tuner is available\n"
"for the selected card."
-msgstr ""
-"没有可供所选的卡\n"
-"使用的调谐器。"
+msgstr "所选卡没有可用的调谐器。"
#. Busy popup text (waiting for other action):
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:664
msgid ""
"Getting list\n"
"of available kernel modules..."
-msgstr ""
-"正在获取\n"
-"可用内核模块的列表..."
+msgstr "正在获取可用内核模块列表..."
#. For translators: Header of the dialog
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:678
msgid "Manual TV and Radio Card Selection: Details"
-msgstr "手动选择电视卡和无线电卡:细节"
+msgstr "手动选择电视卡和射频卡:细节"
#. For translators: Label for the TextEntry. %1 means name of the kernel module's parameter.
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:706
@@ -755,7 +747,7 @@
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:789
msgid "R&adio Card Modules"
-msgstr "无线电卡模块(&A)"
+msgstr "射频卡模块(&A)"
#. User chose [Set] but did not select a parameter to set
#. User chose [Set] but did select a parameter she wants to set
@@ -763,28 +755,24 @@
msgid ""
"Select the parameter\n"
"to edit."
-msgstr ""
-"选择要编辑的\n"
-"参数。"
+msgstr "选择要编辑的参数。"
#. User wants to set kernel parameters but string is invalid
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:1122
msgid ""
"Do not use characters other\n"
"than a-z, A-Z, _, -, +, /, and 0-9."
-msgstr ""
-"请不要使用除\n"
-"a-z、A-Z、_、-、+、/ 和 0-9 之外的字符。"
+msgstr "请不要使用除 a-z、A-Z、_、-、+、/ 和 0-9 以外的字符。"
#. For translators: Header of the dialog
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:1208
msgid "Audio for TV and Radio Card"
-msgstr "电视卡和无线电卡的音频"
+msgstr "电视卡和射频卡的音频"
#. Label text:
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:1240
msgid "TV or Radio Card"
-msgstr "电视卡或无线电卡"
+msgstr "电视卡或射频卡"
#. Frame label:
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:1247
@@ -799,7 +787,7 @@
#. radio button label - tv card is not connected to any sound card
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:1269
msgid "Connected To"
-msgstr "已连接"
+msgstr "已连接到"
#. Header of table with sound card list 2/2
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:1284
@@ -814,7 +802,7 @@
#. For translators: The user chose [Next] but did not select a sound card
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:1361
msgid "Select a sound card."
-msgstr "选择声卡。"
+msgstr "请选择一张声卡。"
#. Popup label (heading)
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:1418
@@ -825,7 +813,7 @@
#. error message
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:1438 src/include/tv/ui.rb:1636
msgid "The kernel module for TV support could not be loaded."
-msgstr "无法装载支持电视的内核模块。"
+msgstr "无法加载用于电视支持的内核模块。"
#. label (with the meaning: there is no station for this channel)
#. Keep it short! It is only note after channel + frequency data.
@@ -834,7 +822,7 @@
#. E3 ( 55.25 MHz): no station etc.
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:1485
msgid "No station"
-msgstr "无电台"
+msgstr "无电视台"
#. label: summary of scanning for stations
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:1527
@@ -844,22 +832,22 @@
#. textentry label
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:1555
msgid "&Channel"
-msgstr "通道(&C)"
+msgstr "频道(&C)"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:1558
msgid "Station &Name"
-msgstr "电台名称(&N)"
+msgstr "电视台名称(&N)"
#. message popup
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:1581
msgid "Enter a TV channel."
-msgstr "输入电视频道。"
+msgstr "请输入电视频道。"
#. message popup
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:1587
msgid "Enter a station name."
-msgstr "输入电台名。"
+msgstr "请输入电视台名称。"
#. error message
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:1598
@@ -929,7 +917,7 @@
#. Tv frequency table
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:1735
msgid "us-cable-hrc"
-msgstr "美国有线谐波相关载具"
+msgstr "美国有线 hrc"
#. Tv frequency table
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:1737
@@ -1029,7 +1017,7 @@
#. table header 2/2
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:1801
msgid "Station Name"
-msgstr "电台名"
+msgstr "电视台名称"
#. popup label (install required application?)
#: src/include/tv/ui.rb:1863
@@ -1037,8 +1025,8 @@
"To scan the TV channels, package '%1' is required.\n"
"Install it now?"
msgstr ""
-"要扫描电视频道,必须安装\"%1\"包。\n"
-"是否立即安装?"
+"需要 '%1' 软件包才能扫描电视频道。\n"
+"现在安装它喵?"
#. checkbox label
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:292
@@ -1054,10 +1042,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a kernel driver name like "bttv", "saa7134", "cx88", ...
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:369
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Unknown card (driver bttv)"
msgid "Unknown card (driver %s)"
-msgstr "未知卡 (驱动 bttv)"
+msgstr "未知卡 (驱动 %s)"
#. Error message popup:
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:463
@@ -1068,17 +1054,15 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: tuner name, "No Tuner" means the card does not have
#. a tuner at all (can only grab from external video source)
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:472 src/modules/Tv.rb:477
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "No tuner"
msgid "No Tuner"
-msgstr "没有调整器"
+msgstr "无调谐器"
#. Default item of tuners list:
#. Default item of tuners list:
#. Default item of tuners list:
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:492 src/modules/Tv.rb:3138 src/modules/Tv.rb:3181
msgid "Default (detected)"
-msgstr "默认值(检测到的)"
+msgstr "默认 (检测到的)"
#. Warning message popup:
#. Warning message popup:
@@ -1087,9 +1071,7 @@
msgid ""
"Unable to read the list of\n"
"available kernel modules."
-msgstr ""
-"无法读取可用内核模块的\n"
-"列表。"
+msgstr "无法读取可用内核模块列表。"
#. is the firmware already installed?
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:1044
@@ -1100,11 +1082,9 @@
"Enter the location of the firmware file then\n"
"press Continue to install the firmware.\n"
msgstr ""
-"为使电视卡\"%1\"正常工作,必须\n"
-"安装固件。\n"
+"必须安装固件才能使用电视卡 '%1'。\n"
"\n"
-"请输入固件文件的位置,然后\n"
-"按\"继续\"安装固件。\n"
+"请输入固件文件的位置,然后按「继续」安装固件。\n"
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:1059
msgid "Install Firmware"
@@ -1133,10 +1113,10 @@
"\n"
"Use the firmware file anyway?\n"
msgstr ""
-"已安装固件的 MD5 校验和\n"
+"已安装固件的 MD5 和\n"
"与数据库中的值不匹配。\n"
"\n"
-"是否一定要使用该固件文件?\n"
+"无论如何都要使用该固件文件喵?\n"
#. try installation of the firmware again?
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:1435
@@ -1144,17 +1124,15 @@
"Installation of the firmware has failed.\n"
"Try the installation again?"
msgstr ""
-"固件的安装已失败。\n"
-"是否尝试再次安装?"
+"固件安装失败。\n"
+"尝试再次安装喵?"
#. Error message popup, %1 is file name
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:2100
msgid ""
"Unable to write parameters\n"
"to %1."
-msgstr ""
-"无法将参数\n"
-"写入 %1。"
+msgstr "无法将参数写入 %1。"
#. Error message popup, %1 is file name
#. Error message popup, %1 is file name
@@ -1180,17 +1158,17 @@
#. Warning message popup (detection problem):
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:2220
msgid "Unable to probe the DVB cards."
-msgstr "无法检测数字视频播放卡。"
+msgstr "无法检测 DVB 卡。"
#. Summary text (%1 is number)
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:2354
msgid "Installed as radio card number %1."
-msgstr "已安装为无线电卡编号 %1。"
+msgstr "已安装为射频卡编号 %1。"
#. Summary text (%1 is number)
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:2360
msgid "Installed as DVB card number %1."
-msgstr "已安装为数字视频播放卡编号 %1。"
+msgstr "已安装为 DVB 卡编号 %1。"
#. Summary text (%1 is number)
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:2366
@@ -1214,7 +1192,7 @@
#. summary string, %1 is a package name, %2 is a status string: installed
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:2408 src/modules/Tv.rb:2828
msgid "Package: %1 (%2)"
-msgstr "包:%1 (%2)"
+msgstr "软件包:%1 (%2)"
#. package status
#. package status
@@ -1230,7 +1208,7 @@
#. suffix to differ between analog (TV) and digital (DVB) cards
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:2651 src/modules/Tv.rb:2728
msgid "DVB"
-msgstr "数字视频播放"
+msgstr "数字视频播放 (DVB)"
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:2651 src/modules/Tv.rb:2728
msgid "TV"
@@ -1243,15 +1221,15 @@
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:2757
msgid "Driver %1"
-msgstr "驱动程序 %1"
+msgstr "驱动 %1"
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:2767
msgid "Attached to sound card '%1'"
-msgstr "已连接到声卡“%1”"
+msgstr "已连接到声卡 '%1'"
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:2807
msgid "Not installed (%1 -> %2)"
-msgstr "未安装(%1 -> %2)"
+msgstr "未安装 (%1 -> %2)"
#. status of the card, the text used in table, translation should be as short as possible
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:2890
@@ -1261,12 +1239,12 @@
#. For translators: Entry for manual selection in the list of the cards to configure
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:2998
msgid "Other (not detected)"
-msgstr "其它(未检测到的)"
+msgstr "其它 (未检测出的)"
#. Item of cards list:
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:3074
msgid "Autodetected card"
-msgstr "自动检测的卡"
+msgstr "自动检测到的卡"
#. error message, %1 is a file name
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:3286
@@ -1274,23 +1252,23 @@
"File %1 is missing,\n"
"check your installation."
msgstr ""
-"文件 %1 缺失,\n"
-"请检查您的安装。"
+"缺失文件 %1,\n"
+"请检查您的计算机。"
#. description for ir-kbd-gpio module
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:3386
msgid "Input driver for bt8x8 gpio IR remote controls"
-msgstr "bt8x8 gpio 红外线遥控器的输入驱动程序"
+msgstr "bt8x8 gpio 红外遥控器的输入驱动"
#. description for ir-kbd-i2c module
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:3390
msgid "Input driver for i2c IR remote controls"
-msgstr "i2c 红外遥控器的输入驱动程序"
+msgstr "i2c 红外遥控器的输入驱动"
#. For translators: Title of the "save" dialog
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:3638
msgid "Saving TV and Radio Card Configuration"
-msgstr "保存电视卡和无线电卡的配置"
+msgstr "保存电视卡和射频卡配置"
#. Progress stage
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:3647
@@ -1325,22 +1303,22 @@
#. Progress stage
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:3665
msgid "Check for TV and radio applications"
-msgstr "检查电视和无线电应用程序"
+msgstr "检查电视和广播应用程序"
#. Progress step
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:3669
msgid "Checking for TV and radio applications..."
-msgstr "正在检查电视和无线电应用程序..."
+msgstr "正在检查电视和广播应用程序..."
#. Progress stage
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:3674
msgid "Write IRC settings"
-msgstr "写入红外控制设置"
+msgstr "写入红外遥控设置"
#. Progress step
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:3677
msgid "Writing IRC settings..."
-msgstr "正在写入红外控制设置..."
+msgstr "正在写入红外遥控设置..."
#. Progress stage
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:3680
@@ -1366,10 +1344,10 @@
"Install them now?\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>要在计算机上收看电视和收听无线电广播,<br>\n"
-"需要安装以下包:<br>\n"
+"<p>要在计算机上收看电视和收听广播,<br>\n"
+"您应安装这些软件包:<br>\n"
"<b>%1</b><br>\n"
-"是否立即安装?\n"
+"现在安装它们喵?\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Popup text (required application are %1):
@@ -1381,10 +1359,9 @@
"Install them now?\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>要在计算机上收看电视,<br>\n"
-"需要安装以下包:<br>\n"
+"<p>要在计算机上收看电视,<br>您应安装这些软件包:<br>\n"
"<b>%1</b><br>\n"
-"是否立即安装?\n"
+"现在安装它们喵?\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Popup text (required application is %1):
@@ -1393,8 +1370,8 @@
"<p>To listen to radio on your computer, you can use the <b>%1</b> application.\n"
"Install it now?</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>要在计算机上收听无线电广播,可以使用 <b>%1</b> 应用程序。\n"
-"是否立即安装?</p>"
+"<p>要在计算机上收听广播,您可以使用 <b>%1</b> 应用程序。\n"
+"现在安装它喵?</p>"
#. automatic configuration skipped - details
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:3965
@@ -1409,7 +1386,7 @@
#. summary line in the HW proposal, %1 - details why it cannot be autoconfigured
#: src/modules/Tv.rb:3982
msgid "Automatic configuration skipped (%1)"
-msgstr "跳过自动配置(%1)"
+msgstr "跳过了自动配置 (%1)"
#~ msgid "DVB Cards"
#~ msgstr "数字视频播放卡"
--
To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-commit+unsubscribe@opensuse.org
For additional commands, e-mail: opensuse-commit+help@opensuse.org